Bump version to 24.2.92
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
34
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
36
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
39
40 \(fn)" t nil)
41
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
44
45 \(fn)" t nil)
46
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
49
50 \(fn)" t nil)
51
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
55
56 \(fn)" t nil)
57
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
60
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
65
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
67
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
73
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
80
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
82
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
85
86 \(fn)" t nil)
87
88 ;;;***
89 \f
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
93
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
96
97 \(fn)" t nil)
98
99 ;;;***
100 \f
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
104
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
108
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
110
111 ;;;***
112 \f
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
119
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
121
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
126
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
128
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
132
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
134
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
143
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
146
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
148
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
151
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
156
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
160
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
164
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
166
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
171
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
174
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
176
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
180
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
184
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
188
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
192
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
195
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
197
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
202
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
204
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
211
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
213
214 \(fn)" t nil)
215
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
218
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
221
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
224
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
227
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
230
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
236
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
238
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
240
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
246
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
249
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
251
252 ;;;***
253 \f
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
258
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
269
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
271
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
280
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
282
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
285
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
287
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
290
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
292
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
295
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
301
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
305
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
311
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
315
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
317
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
319
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
336
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
338
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
342
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
346
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
361
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
366
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
369
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
372
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
375
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
380
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
387
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
392
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
394
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
396
397 ;;;***
398 \f
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
403
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
411
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
415
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
420
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
422
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
434
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
437
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
442
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
446
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
448
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
455
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
465
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
475
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
477
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
480
481 \(fn)" t nil)
482
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
485
486 \(fn)" t nil)
487
488 ;;;***
489 \f
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
494
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
497
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
499
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
501
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
504
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
507
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
510
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
512
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
515
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
519
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
523
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
526
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
529
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
531
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
533
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
535
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
537
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
539
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
541
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
543
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
545
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
547
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
549
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
551
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
553
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
555
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
557
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
559
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
561
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
563
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
565
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
568
569 \(fn)" nil t)
570
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
576
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
585
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
587
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
596
597 and many other features.
598
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
604
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
615
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
623
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
636
637
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
643
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
656
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
667
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
672
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
690
691 Topic Encryption
692
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
696
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
702
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
710
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
714
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
716
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
719
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
725
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
731
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
739
740 Extending Allout
741
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
745
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
755
756 Terminology
757
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
759
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
769
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
782
783 Topic text constituents:
784
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
798
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
805
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
832
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
836
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
840
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
843
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
846
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
848
849 ;;;***
850 \f
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
855
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
857
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
860
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
862
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
864
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
867
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
870
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
873
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
877
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
879
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
881
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
883
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
889
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
893
894 The graphics include:
895
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
897
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
900
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
903
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
907
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
909
910 ;;;***
911 \f
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
915
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
917
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
924
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
926
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
928
929
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
931
932 ;;;***
933 \f
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
937
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
945
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
947
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
954
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
956
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
962
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
964
965 ;;;***
966 \f
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
970
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
973
974 \(fn)" t nil)
975
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
978
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
983
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
986
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
988
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
990
991 ;;;***
992 \f
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514
995 ;;;;;; 0))
996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997
998 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
999 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1000 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1001 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1002 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1003 \\[yank].
1004
1005 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1006 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1007 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1008 the rules.
1009
1010 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1011 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1012 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1013 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1014
1015 \(fn)" t nil)
1016
1017 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1019
1020 \(fn)" t nil)
1021
1022 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1023 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1024 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1025
1026 \(fn)" nil nil)
1027
1028 ;;;***
1029 \f
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033
1034 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1035 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1036 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1037 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1038 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1039 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040
1041 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1042
1043 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1044 Toggle checking of appointments.
1045 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1046 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047
1048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1049
1050 ;;;***
1051 \f
1052 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1053 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1054 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20707 18685
1055 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1057
1058 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1059 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1060 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1061 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1062
1063 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1064 kind of objects to search.
1065
1066 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1067
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1074
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1076 normal variables.
1077
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1079
1080 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1081
1082 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1083 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1084 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1085 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1086 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1087 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1088
1089 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1090 noninteractive functions.
1091
1092 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1093 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1094
1095 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1096 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1097
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1099
1100 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1101 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1102
1103 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1104
1105 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1106 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1107 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1108 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1109
1110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1112 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1114
1115 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1117
1118 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1119
1120 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1121
1122 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1123 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1124 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1125 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1126 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1127
1128 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1129
1130 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1131 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1136
1137 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1138 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1139 names and values of properties.
1140
1141 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1142
1143 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1144
1145 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1146 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1147 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1148 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1149 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1150 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1151
1152 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1153 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1154 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1155 documentation strings.
1156
1157 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1158
1159 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1160
1161 ;;;***
1162 \f
1163 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20707
1164 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1165 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1166
1167 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1168 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1169 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1170 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1171 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1172 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1173
1174 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1175 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1176 archive.
1177
1178 \\{archive-mode-map}
1179
1180 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1181
1182 ;;;***
1183 \f
1184 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20707 18685 911514
1185 ;;;;;; 0))
1186 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1187
1188 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1189 Major mode for editing arrays.
1190
1191 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1192 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1193 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1194
1195 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1196
1197 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1198 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1199 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1200
1201 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1202 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1203 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1204 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1205 The variables are:
1206
1207 Variables you assign:
1208 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1209 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1210 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1211 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1212 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1213 row numbers in the buffer.
1214
1215 Variables which are calculated:
1216 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1217 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1218
1219 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1220 take a numeric prefix argument):
1221
1222 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1223 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1224 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1225 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1226
1227 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1231
1232 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1233 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1234 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1235 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1236
1237 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1238 between that of point and mark.
1239
1240 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1241 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1242
1243 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1244 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1245 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1246 newlines inside rows)
1247
1248 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1249
1250 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1251
1252 \(fn)" t nil)
1253
1254 ;;;***
1255 \f
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20707
1257 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1259
1260 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1261 Toggle Artist mode.
1262 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1263 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1264 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1265
1266 How to quit Artist mode
1267
1268 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1269
1270
1271 How to submit a bug report
1272
1273 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1274
1275
1276 Drawing with the mouse:
1277
1278 mouse-2
1279 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1280 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1281 below).
1282
1283 mouse-1
1284 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1285 or pastes:
1286
1287 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1290 to new point
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1307 lines
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1313 Paste Paste Paste
1314 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1316 --------------------------------------------------------------
1317
1318 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1319 or diagonally.
1320
1321 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1322 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1323 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1324 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1325 poly-lines.
1326
1327 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1328 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1329 overwrite means the opposite.
1330
1331 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1332 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1333 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1334
1335 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1336
1337 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1338 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1339
1340 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1341 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1342 are currently drawing something.
1343
1344 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1345 some time to fill.
1346
1347
1348 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1349 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1350
1351
1352 Settings
1353
1354 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1355
1356 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1357
1358 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1359
1360 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1361
1362 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1363 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1364
1365 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1366
1367
1368 Drawing with keys
1369
1370 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1371 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1372 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1373 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1374 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1375 When pasting: Pastes
1376
1377 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1378
1379 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1380
1381 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1382 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1383 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1384 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1385 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1386 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1387
1388
1389 Arrows
1390
1391 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1392 of the line/poly-line
1393
1394 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1395 of the line/poly-line
1396
1397
1398 Selecting operation
1399
1400 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1401
1402 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1406 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1408 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1409 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1411 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1412 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1413 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1414 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1415 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1417 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1418 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1419 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1420 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1421 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1422
1423
1424 Variables
1425
1426 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1427 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1428
1429 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1430 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1431 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1432 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1433 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1434 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1435 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1436 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1437 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1438 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1439 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1440 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1441 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1442 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1443 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1444 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1445 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1446 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1447 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1448
1449 Hooks
1450
1451 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1452
1453
1454 Keymap summary
1455
1456 \\{artist-mode-map}
1457
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1459
1460 ;;;***
1461 \f
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20707
1463 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1465
1466 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1467 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1468 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1469
1470 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1472 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1473 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1474
1475 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1476 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1477
1478 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1479 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1480
1481 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1482
1483 Special commands:
1484 \\{asm-mode-map}
1485
1486 \(fn)" t nil)
1487
1488 ;;;***
1489 \f
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1491 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1493
1494 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1495 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1496 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1497 let-binding.")
1498
1499 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1500
1501 ;;;***
1502 \f
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1504 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1505 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1506
1507 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1508 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1510
1511 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1512
1513 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1514 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1518
1519 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1520 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1521 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1522 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1523 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1524 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1525 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1526 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1527
1528 For example:
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1530 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1531 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1532 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1533 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1534
1535 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1536
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1538
1539 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1541 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1544 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1545
1546 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1547
1548 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1549 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553
1554 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1555 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1556 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1557
1558 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1559
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1561
1562 ;;;***
1563 \f
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1565 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1567
1568 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1569 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1570
1571 \(fn)" t nil)
1572
1573 ;;;***
1574 \f
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1576 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1578
1579 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1580 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1581 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1582
1583 \(fn)" t nil)
1584
1585 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1586 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1587 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1588 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1589
1590 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1591
1592 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1593 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1594 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1597 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598
1599 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600
1601 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1602 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606
1607 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1608 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611
1612 ;;;***
1613 \f
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1615 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1616 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1618
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620
1621 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1622
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1626
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1632
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1634
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1636
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1642
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1645
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1652
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1654
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1660
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1662
1663 ;;;***
1664 \f
1665 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1666 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1667 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669
1670 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1671 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675
1676 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1677 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1678 disk changes.
1679
1680 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1681 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1682 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683
1684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685
1686 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1687 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688
1689 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1690 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691
1692 \(fn)" nil nil)
1693
1694 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1695 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1697 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1698 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699
1700 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1701 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1702 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1703 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1704 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705
1706 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1707 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1708 writing before you save the file!
1709
1710 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711
1712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713
1714 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1715 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716
1717 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1718 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719
1720 \(fn)" nil nil)
1721
1722 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1723 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1724 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1728
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1730
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1736
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1740
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1746
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1750
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1752
1753 ;;;***
1754 \f
1755 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1756 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758
1759 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1760 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1761 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1763 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764
1765 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766
1767 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1768 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1769 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1770 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771
1772 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1773 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1774 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775
1776 Effects of the different modes:
1777 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1778 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1779 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1780 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1781 a random distance & direction.
1782 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1783 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1784 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785
1786 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1787
1788 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1789 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1790 definition of \"random distance\".)
1791
1792 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1793
1794 ;;;***
1795 \f
1796 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1797 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1799 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1800
1801 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1805
1806 \(fn)" t nil)
1807
1808 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1809 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1810 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1813 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1814
1815 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1816
1817 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1818 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1822
1823 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1824 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1825 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1826 seconds.
1827
1828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1829
1830 ;;;***
1831 \f
1832 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1833 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20707 18685 911514
1834 ;;;;;; 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1836
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1841 FORMS once.
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1845
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1847
1848 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1849
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1855
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1857
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1859
1860 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1865
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1867
1868 ;;;***
1869 \f
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1871 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1873
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1880 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1881 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1882 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1883 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1884
1885 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1888 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1889
1890 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1891
1892 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1893 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1894 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1895 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1896
1897 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1898 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1899 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1900 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1901 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1902
1903 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1904 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1905
1906
1907 Special information:
1908
1909 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1910
1911 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1912 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1913 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1914 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1915 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1916 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1917 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1918 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1919 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1920 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1921 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1922
1923 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1924 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1925 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1926 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1927 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1928 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1929 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1930 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1931
1932 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1933
1934 ----------------------------------------------------------
1935 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1936 if that value is non-nil.
1937
1938 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1939
1940 \(fn)" t nil)
1941
1942 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1943 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1944 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1945 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1946 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1947 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1948 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1949 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1950 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1951 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1952 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1953 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1954
1955 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1956
1957 ;;;***
1958 \f
1959 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1960 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1962
1963 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1964 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1965
1966 \(fn)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1971 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1974
1975 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1976 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1977
1978 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1979 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1980 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1981
1982 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1983
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1986
1987 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1988
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1991
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1993
1994 ;;;***
1995 \f
1996 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20707
1997 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1999
2000 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2001 Play blackbox.
2002 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2003
2004 What is blackbox?
2005
2006 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2007 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2008 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2009 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2010 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2011 your score.
2012
2013 Overview of play:
2014
2015 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2016 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2017 four.
2018
2019 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2020 movement keys.
2021
2022 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2023 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2024
2025 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2026 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2027
2028 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2029 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2030 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2031 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2032 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2033 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2034
2035 Details:
2036
2037 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2038
2039 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2040 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2041 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2042 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2043
2044 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2045 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2046 denoted by the letter `R'.
2047
2048 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2049 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2050 denoted by the letter `H'.
2051
2052 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2053 example.
2054
2055 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2056 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2057 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2058 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2059 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2060 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2061 ray.
2062
2063 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2064 degree deflection it causes.
2065
2066 1
2067 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2070 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2075 2 3
2076
2077 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2078 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2079
2080
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2084 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2089
2090 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2091 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2092 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2093 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2094 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2095 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2096 emerging from the box.
2097
2098 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2099
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2105 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2108
2109 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2110 a reflection.
2111
2112 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2113
2114 ;;;***
2115 \f
2116 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2117 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2118 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2119 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2120 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2121 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2123 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2124 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2125
2126 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2127 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2128 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2129 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2130 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2131 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2132 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2133
2134 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2135 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2136 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2137
2138 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2139 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2140 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2141 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2142 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2143 recent one.
2144
2145 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2146 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2147 yank successive words.
2148
2149 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2150 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2151 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2152 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2153 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2154
2155 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2156 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2157 the list of bookmarks.)
2158
2159 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2160
2161 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2162 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2163 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2164 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2165 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2166 this.
2167
2168 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2169 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2170 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2171 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2172
2173 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2174 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2175
2176 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2177 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2178 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2179
2180 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2181
2182 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2183 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2184
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2188 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2189
2190 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2191 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2192 after a bookmark was set in it.
2193
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2195
2196 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2197 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2198
2199 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2200 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2201
2202 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2203
2204 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2205
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2207 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2208 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2210
2211 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2212 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2213 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2214
2215 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2216 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2217 name.
2218
2219 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2220
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2223 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2224
2225 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2226 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2227 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2228 this.
2229
2230 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2231
2232 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2233 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2234
2235 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2236 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2237 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2238 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2239 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2240 probably because we were called from there.
2241
2242 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2243
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2245 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2246 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2247
2248 \(fn)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2251 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2252 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2253 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2254 \(second argument).
2255
2256 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2257 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2258 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2259 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2260 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2261
2262 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2263 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2264 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2265 `bookmark-default-file'.
2266
2267 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2268
2269 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2270 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2271 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2272 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2273 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2274 while loading.
2275
2276 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2277 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2278 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2279 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2280 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2281 explicitly.
2282
2283 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2284 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2285 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2286 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2287
2288 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2291 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2292 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2293 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2294 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2295
2296 \(fn)" t nil)
2297
2298 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2299
2300 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2301
2302 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2303 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2304
2305 \(fn)" t nil)
2306
2307 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2308
2309 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2310
2311 ;;;***
2312 \f
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2314 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2315 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2316 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2317 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2318 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2319 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2320 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2321 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2637 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20707 18685
2678 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2721 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2722 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2723 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2724 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2729
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2731
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2738
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2740
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2747
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2749
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2753
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2755
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2760
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2766 before scanning it.
2767
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2770
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2773
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2780
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2782
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2787
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2789
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2793
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2795
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2802
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2805 cons, etc.).
2806
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2810
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2812
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2817
2818 \(fn)" nil nil)
2819
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2827 already up-to-date.
2828
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2830
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2835
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2839
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2841
2842 ;;;***
2843 \f
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20707
2845 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2847
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2851
2852 ;;;***
2853 \f
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20707 18685
2855 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2857
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2859
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2861
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2867 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2869
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2874
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2876
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2878
2879 ;;;***
2880 \f
2881 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2882 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2883 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20707
2884 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2886 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2887
2888 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2890
2891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2892
2893 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2894 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2895
2896 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2897
2898 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2899 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2900
2901 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2902
2903 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2905
2906 \(fn)" t nil)
2907
2908 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2910 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2911 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2912
2913 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 This is most useful in the X window system.
2918 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2919 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2924 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2925 See calc-keypad for details.
2926
2927 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2928
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2930 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2935 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2936
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2938
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2940 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2941
2942 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2945 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2946 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2947
2948 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2949
2950 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2951 Define Calc function.
2952
2953 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2954 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2955 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2956
2957 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2958 actual Lisp function name.
2959
2960 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2961
2962 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2963
2964 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2965
2966 ;;;***
2967 \f
2968 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20707
2969 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2971
2972 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2973
2974
2975 \(fn N)" t nil)
2976
2977 ;;;***
2978 \f
2979 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20707
2980 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2981 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2982
2983 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2984 Run the Emacs calculator.
2985 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2986
2987 \(fn)" t nil)
2988
2989 ;;;***
2990 \f
2991 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20707
2992 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
2993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2994
2995 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2996 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2997 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2998 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2999 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3000 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3001
3002 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3003 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3004 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3005 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3006 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3007 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3008 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3009 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3010 window.
3011
3012 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3013 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3014
3015 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3016 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3017 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3018 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3019 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3020 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3021
3022 Runs the following hooks:
3023
3024 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3025 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3026 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3027 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3028
3029 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3030
3031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3032
3033 ;;;***
3034 \f
3035 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3036 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3038
3039 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3040 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3041
3042 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3043
3044 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3045 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3046 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3047 it fails.
3048
3049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3050
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3054 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3056
3057 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3058 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3060 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3061 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3062
3063 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3064 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3065 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3066 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3067 restriction to ASCII.
3068
3069 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3070
3071 capitalizedWorDD
3072 ^ ^ ^^
3073
3074 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3075 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3076 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3077
3078 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3079 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3080 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3081 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3082 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3083 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3084 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3085
3086 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3087 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3088
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3090
3091 ;;;***
3092 \f
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20707
3094 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3096 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3097
3098 ;;;***
3099 \f
3100 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3101 ;;;;;; (20718 7922 212742 0))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3103
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3105 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3106
3107 \(fn)" nil nil)
3108
3109 ;;;***
3110 \f
3111 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3112 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3113 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20707 18685
3114 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3116
3117 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3118 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3119
3120 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3121 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3122
3123 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3125
3126 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3127
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3130 made from scratch.
3131
3132 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3136
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3140
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3142
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3145
3146 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3147
3148 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3149 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3150 made from scratch.
3151
3152 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3153
3154 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3155 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3156
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3160
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3162
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3165
3166 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3167
3168 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3169 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3170 made from scratch.
3171
3172 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3173
3174 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3175 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3176
3177 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3178 variables are guessed:
3179
3180 * `c-basic-offset', and
3181 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3182 `c-offsets-alist'.
3183
3184 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3185 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3186
3187 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3188 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3189
3190 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3191 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3192 guess is made from scratch.
3193
3194 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3195 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3196
3197 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3198
3199 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3200 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3201 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3202 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3203
3204 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3205 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3206 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3207
3208 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3209
3210 ;;;***
3211 \f
3212 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3213 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3214 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3216
3217 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3218 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3219 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3220 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3221 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3222 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3223 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3224
3225 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3226
3227 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3228 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3237
3238 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3239 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3240 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3241 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3242 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3243 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3244
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3246
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3248 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3249
3250 Key bindings:
3251 \\{c-mode-map}
3252
3253 \(fn)" t nil)
3254
3255 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3256 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3257
3258 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3264 message.
3265
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3267
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3270
3271 Key bindings:
3272 \\{c++-mode-map}
3273
3274 \(fn)" t nil)
3275
3276 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3279
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3287
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3292
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{objc-mode-map}
3295
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297
3298 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3299 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3301
3302 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Java code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3308 message.
3309
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3314
3315 Key bindings:
3316 \\{java-mode-map}
3317
3318 \(fn)" t nil)
3319
3320 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3321 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3323
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 message.
3331
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3333
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3336
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{idl-mode-map}
3339
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341
3342 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3343 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3344 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3345 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3346
3347 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3348 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3349 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3350 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3351 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3352 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3353 message.
3354
3355 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3356
3357 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3358 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3359
3360 Key bindings:
3361 \\{pike-mode-map}
3362
3363 \(fn)" t nil)
3364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3366 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3368 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3369 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3370
3371 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3372 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3373 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3374 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3375 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3376 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3377
3378 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3379
3380 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3381 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3382
3383 Key bindings:
3384 \\{awk-mode-map}
3385
3386 \(fn)" t nil)
3387
3388 ;;;***
3389 \f
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3391 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3393
3394 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3396 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3397 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3398
3399 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3400
3401 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3402 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3403 might get set too.
3404
3405 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3406 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3407 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3408 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3409 in this way.
3410
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3412 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3413 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3414 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3415 a null operation.
3416
3417 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3418
3419 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3420 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3421 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3422 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3423
3424 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3425
3426 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3427 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3428 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3429
3430 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3431
3432 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3433 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3434 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3435 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3436 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3437
3438 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3439
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20707 18685
3443 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3445 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3446 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3447 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3448
3449 ;;;***
3450 \f
3451 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3452 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3453 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3454 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3455
3456 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3457 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3458
3459 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3460
3461 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3462 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3463
3464 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3465
3466 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3467 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3468
3469 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3470 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3471 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3472 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3473 execution.
3474
3475 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3476
3477 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3478
3479 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3480 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3481
3482 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3483 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3484 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3485 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3486
3487 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3488 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3489 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3490 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3491 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3492 `write' commands.
3493
3494 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3495 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3496 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3498
3499 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3500 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3501 semantics.
3502
3503 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3504
3505 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3506
3507 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3508
3509 STATEMENT :=
3510 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3511 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3512
3513 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3514 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3515 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3516 | integer
3517
3518 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3519
3520 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3521 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3522 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3523
3524 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3525 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3526 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3527
3528 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3529 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3530
3531 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3532 BREAK := (break)
3533
3534 REPEAT :=
3535 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3536 (repeat)
3537 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3538 ;; (repeat))
3539 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3541 ;; (read REG)
3542 ;; (repeat))
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3545 ;; (read REG)
3546 ;; (repeat))
3547 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3548
3549 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3550 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3551 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3554 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3557 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3558 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3559 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3560 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3561 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3562 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3563 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3564 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3565
3566 WRITE :=
3567 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3568 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3569 ;; representation.
3570 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3571 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3572 ;; (write r7))
3573 | (write EXPRESSION)
3574 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3575 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3576 ;; representation.
3577 | (write integer)
3578 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3579 ;; buffer.
3580 | (write string)
3581 ;; Same as: (write string)
3582 | string
3583 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3584 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3585 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3586 ;; representation.
3587 | (write REG ARRAY)
3588 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3589 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3590 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3591 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3592 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3593 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3594
3595 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3596 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3597
3598 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3599 END := (end)
3600
3601 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3602 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3603 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3604
3605 ARG := REG | integer
3606
3607 OPERATOR :=
3608 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3609 + | - | * | / | %
3610
3611 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3612 | & | `|' | ^
3613
3614 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | << | >>
3616
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3619 | <8
3620
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3624 | >8
3625
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3629 | //
3630
3631 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3632 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3633
3634 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3635 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3636 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3637 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3638 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3639 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3640 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3641 | de-sjis
3642
3643 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3644 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3645 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3646 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3647 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3648 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3649 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3650 ;; byte of SJIS.
3651 | en-sjis
3652
3653 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3654 ;; Same meaning as C code
3655 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3656
3657 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3658 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3659 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3660 | <8=
3661
3662 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3664 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3665
3666 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3668 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3669 | //=
3670
3671 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3672
3673
3674 TRANSLATE :=
3675 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3676 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3677 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3678 LOOKUP :=
3679 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3681 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3682 MAP :=
3683 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3684 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3685 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3686 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3687 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3688 MAP-ID := integer
3689
3690 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3691
3692 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3693
3694 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3695 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3696 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3697 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3698 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3699 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3700
3701 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3702
3703 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3704 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3705 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3706
3707 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3708
3709 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3710
3711 ;;;***
3712 \f
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3714 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3716
3717 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3718 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3719 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3720 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3721
3722 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3723
3724 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3725
3726 ;;;***
3727 \f
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3729 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3731
3732 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3734 There are no special keybindings by default.
3735
3736 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3737 to the action header.
3738
3739 \(fn)" t nil)
3740
3741 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3742 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3743 There are no special keybindings by default.
3744
3745 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3746 to the action header.
3747
3748 \(fn)" t nil)
3749
3750 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3751 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3752 on the buffer contents
3753
3754 \(fn)" nil nil)
3755
3756 ;;;***
3757 \f
3758 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3761
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3764 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3765
3766 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3767
3768 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3769 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3770 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3771
3772 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3773
3774 ;;;***
3775 \f
3776 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3779 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3784 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3786 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3789 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3793
3794
3795 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3796
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3801
3802 \(fn)" t nil)
3803
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3812
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3814
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3823
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3831
3832 \(fn)" t nil)
3833
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3839
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3841
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3847 a separate buffer.
3848
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3850
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3856
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3858
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3863 if there is one.
3864
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3866
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3871 if there is one.
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3873
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3875
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3879
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3881
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3887
3888 \(fn)" t nil)
3889
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3896
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3898
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3903
3904 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3905
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3910
3911 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3917
3918 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3919
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3924
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3926
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3931
3932 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3933
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3938
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3940
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3945
3946 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3947
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3952
3953 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3954
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3959
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3961
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3967
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3971
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3973
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3975
3976 ;;;***
3977 \f
3978 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3979 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3980 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3982
3983 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3984 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3985 Return the length of resulting text.
3986
3987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988
3989 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3990 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3991
3992 \(fn)" t nil)
3993
3994 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3995 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3996 Return the length of resulting text.
3997
3998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3999
4000 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4001 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4002
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4006
4007
4008 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4009
4010 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4011
4012
4013 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4014
4015 ;;;***
4016 \f
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4018 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4020
4021 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4022 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4023 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4024 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4025 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4026 editing and the result is evaluated.
4027
4028 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4029
4030 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4031 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4032 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4033 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4034 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4035
4036 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4037
4038 \(fn)" t nil)
4039
4040 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4041 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4042 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4043 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4044 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4045
4046 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4047 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4048 \\{command-history-map}
4049
4050 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4051 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4052
4053 \(fn)" t nil)
4054
4055 ;;;***
4056 \f
4057 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4058 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4060
4061 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4062 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4063 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4064 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4065 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4066 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4067 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4068 of this function.
4069
4070 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4071 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4072 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4073 property are:
4074
4075 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4076 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4077
4078 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4079 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4080 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4081 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4082 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4083 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4084 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4085 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4086 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4087 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4088 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4089 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4090
4091 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4092 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4093 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4094
4095 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4096 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4097 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4098 list elements are:
4099
4100 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4101
4102 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4103
4104 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4105
4106 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4107 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4108
4109 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4110 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4111
4112 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4113 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4114 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4115 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4116 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4117 value specified by their associated list element.
4118
4119 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4120
4121 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4122 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4123 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4124
4125 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4126 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4127 * indent the first argument by 4.
4128 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4129 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4130 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4131
4132 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4133
4134 ;;;***
4135 \f
4136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20707 18685
4137 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
4138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4139
4140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4141
4142 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4148
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4151
4152 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4153
4154 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4155
4156 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4157
4158 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4159
4160 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4161
4162 ;;;***
4163 \f
4164 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4165 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4167
4168 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4169 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4170 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4171 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4172
4173 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4174 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4175 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4176 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4177
4178 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4179 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4180
4181 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4182
4183 ;;;***
4184 \f
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20707
4186 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4188
4189 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4190 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4191 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4192 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4193 of `scheme-program-name').
4194 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4195 it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4199 is run).
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4201
4202 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4203
4204 ;;;***
4205 \f
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20707 18685
4207 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4209
4210 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4211 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4212 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4213 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4214
4215 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4216 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4217
4218 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4219 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4220 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4221
4222 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4223
4224 ;;;***
4225 \f
4226 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4227 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4228 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4229 ;;;;;; (20714 7872 790163 728000))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4231
4232 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4233 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4234 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4235 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4236 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4237 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4238 functions have already modified the buffer.
4239
4240 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4241
4242 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4243 either globally or locally.")
4244
4245 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4246 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4247 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4248 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4249
4250 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4251 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4252 `start-file-process'
4253 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4254 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4255 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4256
4257 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4258 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4259
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4261
4262 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4263
4264 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4265
4266 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4267 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4268 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4269 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4270 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4271 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4272 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4273 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4274 process as its initial input.
4275
4276 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4277
4278 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4279
4280 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4281
4282 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4283 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4284 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4285 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4286 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4287 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4288
4289 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4290
4291 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4292 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4293 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4294 directory tracking functions.")
4295
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4299
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4301
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4303
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4306 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4307
4308 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4309
4310 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4311
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to current process.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4316
4317 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4318
4319 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4320 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4321 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4322 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4323
4324 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4325
4326 ;;;***
4327 \f
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4329 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4331
4332 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4333 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4334 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4335 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4336
4337 This command pushes the mark in each window
4338 at the prior location of point in that window.
4339 If both windows display the same buffer,
4340 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4341 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4342
4343 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4344 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4345 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4346 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4347 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4348 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4349 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4350 ignored.
4351
4352 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4353 this command work in interlaced mode:
4354 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4355 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4356 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4357
4358 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4359
4360 ;;;***
4361 \f
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4363 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4364 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4365 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4366 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20718
4367 ;;;;;; 7971 773710 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4369
4370 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4371 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4372
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4374
4375 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4376 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4377 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4378 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4379 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4380 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4381 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4382
4383 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4384
4385 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4386 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4387
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4389
4390 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4391 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4392 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4393 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4394 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4395
4396 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4397 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4398 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4399 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4400 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4401
4402 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4403 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4404 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4405 describing how the process finished.")
4406
4407 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4408 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4409 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4410 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4411 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4412
4413 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4414 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4415 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4416
4417 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4418
4419 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4420 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4421 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4422 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4423
4424 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4425
4426 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4427 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4428
4429 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4430 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4431
4432 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4433 (lambda ()
4434 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4435 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4436 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4437 (concat \"make -k \"
4438 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4439
4440 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4441 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4442
4443 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4444 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4445 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4446 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4447
4448 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4449
4450 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4451 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4452 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4453 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4454
4455 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4456 and move to the source code that caused it.
4457
4458 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4459 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4460
4461 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4462 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4463 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4464 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4465
4466 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4467 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4468 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4469 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4470
4471 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4472 kills its subprocesses.
4473
4474 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4475 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4476 to a function that generates a unique name.
4477
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4479
4480 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4481 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4482 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4483 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4484
4485 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4486 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4487
4488 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4489 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4490 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4491 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4492
4493 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4494 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4495 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4496
4497 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4498
4499 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4500
4501 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4502 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4503 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4504 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4505 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4506
4507 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4508
4509 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4510
4511 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4512
4513 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4514
4515 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4518 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4519 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4520
4521 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4522 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4523 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4524 See `compilation-mode'.
4525
4526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4527
4528 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4529 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4531 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4532 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4533
4534 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4535 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4536 `compilation-mode'.
4537
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4539
4540 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4541 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4542 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4543
4544 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4545
4546 ;;;***
4547 \f
4548 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4549 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4550 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4551
4552 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4553 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4554 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4557 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4558
4559 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4560
4561 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4562 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4566
4567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4568
4569 ;;;***
4570 \f
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4572 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4573 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4574 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4576
4577 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4578 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4579 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4580 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4581 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4582 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4583 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4584
4585 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4586 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4587 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4588
4589 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4590 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4591 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4592
4593 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4594 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4595 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4596 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4597
4598 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4599 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4600 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4601 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4602 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4603 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4604 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4605
4606 \\{conf-mode-map}
4607
4608 \(fn)" t nil)
4609
4610 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `#'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4614
4615 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4616
4617 \[Desktop Entry]
4618 Encoding=UTF-8
4619 Name=The GIMP
4620 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4621 Name[cs]=GIMP
4622
4623 \(fn)" t nil)
4624
4625 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4627 Comments start with `;'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4629
4630 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4631
4632 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4633 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4634 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4635
4636 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4637 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4638
4639 \(fn)" t nil)
4640
4641 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4643 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4644 between `/*' and `*/'.
4645 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4646
4647 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4648 // another kind of comment
4649 /* yet another */
4650
4651 name:value
4652 name=value
4653 name value
4654 x.1 =
4655 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4656 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4657
4658 \(fn)" t nil)
4659
4660 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4663 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4664 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4665 `conf-space-keywords'.
4666 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4667 in an interactive fashion instead.
4668
4669 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670
4671 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4672
4673 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4674 image/png png
4675 image/tiff tiff tif
4676
4677 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4678 class desktop
4679 # Standard multimedia devices
4680 add /dev/audio desktop
4681 add /dev/mixer desktop
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4686 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4687 See `conf-space-mode'.
4688
4689 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4692 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4693 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4694 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4695
4696 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4697
4698 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4699 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4700
4701 \(fn)" t nil)
4702
4703 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4704 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4705 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4706 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4707
4708 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4709
4710 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4711 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4712
4713 \(fn)" t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4716 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4717 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4718 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4719
4720 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4721
4722 *background: gray99
4723 *foreground: black
4724
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4726
4727 ;;;***
4728 \f
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4730 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4732
4733 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4734 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4737
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739
4740 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4741 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4742 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4743 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4744
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4746
4747 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4748 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4749 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4750 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4751
4752 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4753
4754 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4756
4757 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4758
4759 ;;;***
4760 \f
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4762 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20707
4763 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4765 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4766 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4767 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4768
4769 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4770 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4771 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4772 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4773 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4774 following the copyright are updated as well.
4775 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4776 interactively.
4777
4778 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4779
4780 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4781 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4782 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4783 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4784 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4785
4786 \(fn)" t nil)
4787
4788 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4789 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4790
4791 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4792
4793 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4794 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4795 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4796
4797 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4798
4799 ;;;***
4800 \f
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4802 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514
4803 ;;;;;; 0))
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4805 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4806 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4807 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4808 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4809 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4810 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4811 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4812
4813 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4814 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4815 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4816 Tab indents for Perl code.
4817 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4818 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4819
4820 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4821 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4822 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4823 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4824 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4825 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4826 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4827 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4828 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4829 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4830 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4831 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4832
4833 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4834
4835 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4836 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4837
4838 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4839
4840 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4841 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4842 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4843 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4844 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4845 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4846 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4847 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4848 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4849
4850 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4851
4852 bite if angry;
4853
4854 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4855 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4856 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4857 to nil.)
4858
4859 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4860 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4861 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4862
4863 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4864
4865 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4866 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4867 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4868 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4869 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4870
4871 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4872
4873 if (A) { B }
4874
4875 into
4876
4877 B if A;
4878
4879 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4880
4881 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4882 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4883 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4884 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4885 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4886 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4887 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4888 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4889 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4890 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4891 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4892 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4893 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4894
4895 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4896 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4897 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4898 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4899 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4900 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4901
4902 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4903 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4904 man via menu.
4905
4906 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4907 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4908 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4909 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4910 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4911
4912 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4913 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4914 span the needed amount of lines.
4915
4916 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4917 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4918 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4919 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4920
4921 Variables controlling indentation style:
4922 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4923 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4924 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4925 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4926 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4927 `cperl-auto-newline'
4928 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4929 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4930 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4931 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4932 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4933 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4934 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4935 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4936 `cperl-indent-level'
4937 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4938 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4939 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4940 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4941 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4942 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4943 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4944 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4945 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4946 `cperl-brace-offset'
4947 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4948 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4949 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4950 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4951 `cperl-label-offset'
4952 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4953 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4954 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4955
4956 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4957 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4958 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4959 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4960 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4961 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4962
4963 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4964 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4965 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4966 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4967
4968 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4969 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4970 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4971 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4972 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4973 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4974 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4975
4976 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4977 column 0 is indented on
4978 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4979
4980 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4981 with no args.
4982
4983 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4984 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4985 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4986
4987 \(fn)" t nil)
4988
4989 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4990 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4991
4992 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4993
4994 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4995 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4996
4997 \(fn)" t nil)
4998
4999 ;;;***
5000 \f
5001 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5002 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5004
5005 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5006 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5007 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5008 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5009 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5010
5011 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5014 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5015
5016 \(fn)" t nil)
5017
5018 ;;;***
5019 \f
5020 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5021 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5023
5024 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5025 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5026 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5027 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5028
5029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5030 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5031
5032 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5033
5034 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5035 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5037 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5038 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5039
5040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5041
5042 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5043
5044 ;;;***
5045 \f
5046 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5049
5050 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5051 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5052 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5053 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5054
5055 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5056 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5057 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5058 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5059
5060 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5061 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5062 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5063
5064 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5065 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5066 'bob', and 'eve'.
5067
5068 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5069 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5070 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5071
5072 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5073
5074 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5075 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5076 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5077
5078 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5079
5080 ;;;***
5081 \f
5082 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20707
5083 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5085
5086 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5087 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5088
5089 \(fn)" t nil)
5090
5091 ;;;***
5092 \f
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5096
5097 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5098 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5099 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5102 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5103
5104 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5105
5106 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5107 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5109 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5110 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5111
5112 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5113 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5114 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5115 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5116 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5117 normal function of these prefix keys.
5118
5119 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5120 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5121 options:
5122 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5123 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5124 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5125
5126 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5127 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5128 the prefix fallback behavior.
5129
5130 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5131 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5132 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5133 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5134
5135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5136
5137 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5138 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5139
5140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5141
5142 ;;;***
5143 \f
5144 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5145 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5146 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5147 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5148 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5149 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5150 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5151 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5152 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5153 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5154 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5156
5157 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5158 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5159
5160 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5161
5162 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5163 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5164
5165 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5166
5167 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5168 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5169
5170 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5171
5172 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5174
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5187 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5188
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5191
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5194
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5197
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5199
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5201
5202 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5203 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5204 Return VALUE.
5205
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5207 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5208
5209 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5210 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5211
5212 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5213 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5214
5215 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5216
5217 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5218
5219 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5220 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5221 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5222 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5223
5224 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5225 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5226 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5227
5228 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5231 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5232 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5233 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5234 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5235
5236 \(fn)" t nil)
5237
5238 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5240 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5241 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5242
5243 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5244
5245 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5247 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5248
5249 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5250
5251 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5252 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5253
5254 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5255
5256 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5257
5258 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5260
5261 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5262
5263 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5264
5265 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5267 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5268
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5270
5271 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5272 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5273 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5274 as part of Emacs itself.
5275
5276 Each elements looks like this:
5277
5278 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5279
5280 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5281 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5282 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5283 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5284 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5285 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5286 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5287 and `defface'.
5288
5289 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5290
5291 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5292 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5293 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5294 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5295 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5296
5297 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5298 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5299 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5300 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5301
5302 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5303
5304 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5306 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5307 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5308 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5309 release.
5310
5311 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5312 that were added or redefined since that version.
5313
5314 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5315
5316 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5318 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5319 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5320
5321 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5322
5323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5324 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5325
5326 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5327
5328 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5329 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5330 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5331
5332 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5333 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5334
5335 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5339
5340 \(fn)" t nil)
5341
5342 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5344
5345 \(fn)" t nil)
5346
5347 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all saved options and faces.
5349
5350 \(fn)" t nil)
5351
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5354 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5355 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5356 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5357 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5358
5359 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5360 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5361 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5362
5363 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5364
5365 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5366 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5367
5368 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5369
5370 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5371 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5372
5373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5374
5375 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5376 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5377
5378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5379
5380 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5382 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5383 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5384 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5385 that option.
5386
5387 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5388
5389 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5390 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5391 The result includes selecting that window.
5392 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5393 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5394 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5395 that option.
5396
5397 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5398
5399 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5400 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5401
5402 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5403
5404 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5405 File used for storing customization information.
5406 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5407 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5408 it should be an absolute file name.
5409
5410 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5411 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5412 something like the following in your init file:
5413
5414 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5415 \(load custom-file)
5416
5417 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5418 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5419
5420 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5421 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5422 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5423 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5424 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5425
5426 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5427 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5428 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5429 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5430 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5431 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5432 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5433 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5434 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5435 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5436
5437 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5438
5439 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5440 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5441
5442 \(fn)" nil nil)
5443
5444 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5445 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5446
5447 \(fn)" t nil)
5448
5449 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5450 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5451 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5452
5453 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5454
5455 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5456 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5457 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5458 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5459 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5460
5461 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5462
5463 ;;;***
5464 \f
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5466 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20707
5467 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5469
5470 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5471 Create or edit a custom theme.
5472 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5473 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5474 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5475 from the Custom save file.
5476 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5477 named *Custom Theme*.
5478
5479 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5482 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5483
5484 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5485
5486 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5487 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5488
5489 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5490
5491 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5492 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5493 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5494 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5495
5496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5497
5498 ;;;***
5499 \f
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5501 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5503
5504 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5505 Mode used for cvs status output.
5506
5507 \(fn)" t nil)
5508
5509 ;;;***
5510 \f
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5512 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5514
5515 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5516 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5517
5518 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5519
5520 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5521 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5522 C++ modes are included.
5523
5524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5525 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5526 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5527
5528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5529
5530 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5531
5532 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5533 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5534 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5537 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5538
5539 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5540
5541 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5542 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5543 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5544 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5545 ARG is omitted or nil.
5546
5547 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5548 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5549 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5550
5551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5552
5553 ;;;***
5554 \f
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5556 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5557 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5559
5560 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5561 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5562
5563 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5564
5565 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5566 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5567
5568 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5569
5570 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5571 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5572 For readability, the table is slightly
5573 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5574
5575 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5576 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5577 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5578 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5579 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5580
5581 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5582
5583 ;;;***
5584 \f
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5586 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5588 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5589 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5590 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5591 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5592
5593 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5594 Completion on current word.
5595 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5596 and presents suggestions for completion.
5597
5598 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5599 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5600 completions.
5601
5602 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5603 then it searches *all* buffers.
5604
5605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5606
5607 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5608 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5609
5610 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5611 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5612 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5613 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5614 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5615
5616 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5617 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5618
5619 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5620 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5621 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5622
5623 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5624 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5625
5626 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5627
5628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5629
5630 ;;;***
5631 \f
5632 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5633 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5635
5636 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5637 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5638
5639 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5640
5641 ;;;***
5642 \f
5643 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20707
5644 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5646
5647 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5648 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5649 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5650 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5651 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5652
5653 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5654
5655 ;;;***
5656 \f
5657 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20707
5658 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5660
5661 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5662 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5663
5664 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5665 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5666 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5667
5668 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5669 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5670 Data lines are not indented.
5671
5672 Key bindings:
5673
5674 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5675 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5676
5677 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5678 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5679 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5680 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5681
5682 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5683
5684 dcl-basic-offset
5685 Extra indentation within blocks.
5686
5687 dcl-continuation-offset
5688 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5689
5690 dcl-margin-offset
5691 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5692
5693 dcl-margin-label-offset
5694 Indentation for a label.
5695
5696 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5697 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5698
5699 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5700 dcl-block-end-regexp
5701 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5702 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5703 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5704 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5705 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5706
5707 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5708 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5709 Two such functions are included in the package:
5710 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5711 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5712
5713 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5714 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5715 One such function is included in the package:
5716 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5717
5718 dcl-tab-always-indent
5719 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5720 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5721 margin.
5722
5723 dcl-electric-characters
5724 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5725 typed.
5726
5727 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5728 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5729 which words trigger electric indentation.
5730
5731 dcl-tempo-comma
5732 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5733 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5734 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5735
5736 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5737 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5738 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5739 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5740
5741 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5742 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5743 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5744 dcl-imenu-label-call
5745 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5746
5747 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5748 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5749 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5750 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5751
5752
5753 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5754
5755 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5756 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5757 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5758 $ i = 1
5759 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5760 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5761 $ label:
5762 $ if i.eq.1
5763 $ then
5764 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5765 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5766 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5767 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5768 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5769 \"lined up with the command line\"
5770 $ type sys$input
5771 Data lines are not indented at all.
5772 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5773 $ endif
5774 $
5775
5776
5777 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5778 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5779
5780 \(fn)" t nil)
5781
5782 ;;;***
5783 \f
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5785 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5787
5788 (setq debugger 'debug)
5789
5790 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5791 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5792 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5793 of the evaluator.
5794
5795 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5796 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5797 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5798
5799 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5800
5801 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5802 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5803
5804 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5805
5806 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5807 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5808 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5809 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5810 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5811 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5812
5813 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5814 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5815
5816 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5817
5818 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5819 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5820 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5821 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5822 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5823
5824 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5825
5826 ;;;***
5827 \f
5828 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5829 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
5830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5831
5832 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5833 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5834
5835 \(fn)" t nil)
5836
5837 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5838 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5839 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5840 Upper-case letters are commands.
5841
5842 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5843 modify it.
5844
5845 The most useful commands are:
5846 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5847 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5848 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5849 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5850 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5851 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5852
5853 \(fn)" t nil)
5854
5855 ;;;***
5856 \f
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5858 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20707
5859 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5861
5862 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5863 Customization of `columns' group.
5864
5865 \(fn)" t nil)
5866
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5869
5870 START and END delimits the text region.
5871
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5873
5874 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5876
5877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5878
5879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5880
5881 ;;;***
5882 \f
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20707
5884 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5886
5887 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5888 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5889 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5890 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5891 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5892 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5893 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5894
5895 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5896
5897 Customization:
5898
5899 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5900 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5901 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5902 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5903 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5904 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5905 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5906 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5907 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5908 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5909 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5910 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5911 blank line.
5912 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5913 Directories to search when finding external units.
5914 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5915 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5916
5917 Coloring:
5918
5919 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5920 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5921 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5922 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5923 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5924 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5925 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5926 Face used to color everything else.
5927
5928 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5929 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5930
5931 \(fn)" t nil)
5932
5933 ;;;***
5934 \f
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20707
5936 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5938
5939 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5940
5941 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5942 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5943 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5946 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5947
5948 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5949
5950 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5951 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5953 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5954 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5955
5956 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5957 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5958 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5959 any selection.
5960
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5962
5963 ;;;***
5964 \f
5965 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5966 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5968
5969 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5970 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5971
5972 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5973
5974 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5975 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5976 or nil if there is no parent.
5977 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5978 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5979 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5980 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5981 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5982
5983 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5984 arguments are currently understood:
5985 :group GROUP
5986 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5987 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5988 :syntax-table TABLE
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5991 :abbrev-table TABLE
5992 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5993 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5994
5995 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5996
5997 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5998
5999 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6000 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6001 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6002
6003 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6004 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6005
6006 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6007 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6008 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6009
6010 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6011 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6012
6013 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6014 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6015
6016 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6017
6018 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6019
6020 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6021
6022 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6023 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6024 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6025 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6026 the first time the mode is used.
6027
6028 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6029
6030 ;;;***
6031 \f
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6033 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6035
6036 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6037 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6038 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6039 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6040 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6041 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6042 otherwise.
6043
6044 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6045
6046 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6049 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6050
6051 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6052 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6053 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6054
6055 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6056 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6057 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6058 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6059 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6060 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6061 relevant to POS.
6062
6063 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6064
6065 ;;;***
6066 \f
6067 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6068 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6069 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6070 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6072
6073 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6074 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6075 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6076
6077 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6078
6079 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6080 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6082 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6084
6085 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6086 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6087 `desktop-read' for details.
6088
6089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6090
6091 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6092 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6093 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6094 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6095
6096 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6097
6098 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6099 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6100 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6101
6102 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6103 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6104 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6105
6106 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6107 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6108
6109 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6110 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6111 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6112
6113 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6114 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6115 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6116 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6117
6118 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6119
6120 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6121 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6122
6123 Handlers are called with argument list
6124
6125 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6126
6127 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6128
6129 desktop-file-version
6130 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6131 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6132 desktop-buffer-point
6133 desktop-buffer-mark
6134 desktop-buffer-read-only
6135 desktop-buffer-locals
6136
6137 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6138 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6139
6140 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6141 code like
6142
6143 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6144 ...
6145 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6146 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6147
6148 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6149
6150 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6151
6152 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6154 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6155 List elements must have the form
6156
6157 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6158
6159 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6160 function.
6161
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6163
6164 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6165
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6167
6168 desktop-file-version
6169 desktop-buffer-file-name
6170 desktop-buffer-name
6171 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6172 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6173 desktop-buffer-point
6174 desktop-buffer-mark
6175 desktop-buffer-read-only
6176 desktop-buffer-misc
6177
6178 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6179 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6180 created and set.
6181
6182 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6183 code like
6184
6185 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6186 ...
6187 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6188 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6189
6190 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6191
6192 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6193
6194 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6195
6196 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6197 Empty the Desktop.
6198 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6199 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6200 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6201
6202 \(fn)" t nil)
6203
6204 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6205 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6206 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6207 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6208 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6209
6210 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6211
6212 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6213 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6214 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6215
6216 \(fn)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6219 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6220 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6221 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6222 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6223 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6224 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6225 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6226
6227 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6228
6229 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6230 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6231 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6232
6233 \(fn)" nil nil)
6234
6235 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6236
6237 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6238 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6239 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6240 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6241 directory DIRNAME.
6242
6243 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6244
6245 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6246 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6247
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6249
6250 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6251 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6252
6253 \(fn)" t nil)
6254
6255 ;;;***
6256 \f
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6259 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6261
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6263 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6264 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6265 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6266 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6267 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6268
6269 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6270
6271 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6272 Repair a broken attribution line.
6273 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6274
6275 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6276
6277 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6278 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6279 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6280 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6281
6282 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6285 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6286
6287 \(fn)" t nil)
6288
6289 ;;;***
6290 \f
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6292 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6294
6295 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6296 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6297 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6298 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6299 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6300
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6304 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6305 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6306 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6307
6308 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6309 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6310 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6311 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6312
6313 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6314 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6315
6316 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6317 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6318 calendar-date-style 'european
6319 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6320
6321 \(diary-mail-entries)
6322
6323 # diary-rem.el ends here
6324
6325 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6326
6327 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6328 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6329
6330 \(fn)" t nil)
6331
6332 ;;;***
6333 \f
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6335 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6336 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6337 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6338
6339 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6340 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6341
6342 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6343
6344 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6345 The command to use to run diff.")
6346
6347 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6348
6349 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6350 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6351 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6352 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6353 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6354 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6355
6356 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6357 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6358 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6359
6360 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6361
6362 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6363 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6364 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6365 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6366 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6367 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6368
6369 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6370
6371 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6372 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6373
6374 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6375
6376 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6377 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6378 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6379
6380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6381
6382 ;;;***
6383 \f
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6385 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6387
6388 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6390 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6391 normal diffs.
6392
6393 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6394 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6395 headers for you on-the-fly.
6396
6397 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6398 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6399 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6400
6401 \\{diff-mode-map}
6402
6403 \(fn)" t nil)
6404
6405 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6406 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6410
6411 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6412
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6414
6415 ;;;***
6416 \f
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6419
6420 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6421 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6422 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6423
6424 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6425
6426 ;;;***
6427 \f
6428 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6429 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20707 18685
6430 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6432
6433 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6434 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6435 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6436 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6437 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6438 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6439 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6440 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6441
6442 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6443
6444 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6445 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6446 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6447 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6448 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6449 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6450
6451 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6452 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6453 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6454 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6455 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6456 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6457 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6458 list of files to make directory entries for.
6459 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6460 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6461 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6462
6463 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6464
6465 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6466 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6467
6468 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6470
6471 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6472 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6473
6474 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6475 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6476
6477 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6478
6479 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6480 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6481
6482 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6483
6484 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6485 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6486 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6487 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6488 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6489 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6490 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6491 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6492 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6493 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6494 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6495 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6496 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6497 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6498 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6499 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6500 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6501 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6502 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6503 to see why something went wrong.
6504 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6505 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6506 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6507 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6508 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6509 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6510 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6511 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6512 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6513 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6514 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6515 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6516 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6517
6518 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6519 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6520 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6521 again for the directory tree.
6522
6523 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6524 for more info):
6525
6526 `dired-listing-switches'
6527 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6528 `dired-marker-char'
6529 `dired-del-marker'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6531 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6532 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6533 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6534
6535 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6536
6537 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6538 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6539 `dired-mode-hook'
6540 `dired-load-hook'
6541
6542 Keybindings:
6543 \\{dired-mode-map}
6544
6545 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6546 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6547
6548 ;;;***
6549 \f
6550 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6551 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6553
6554 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6555 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6559
6560 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6561 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6562 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6563
6564 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6565 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6566 directory.
6567
6568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6569
6570 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6571 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6572 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6573 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6574 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6575 from `default-directory'.
6576
6577 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6578
6579 ;;;***
6580 \f
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20707
6582 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6584
6585 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6586 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6587 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6588 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6589 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6590 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6591
6592 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6593
6594 ;;;***
6595 \f
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6597 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6598 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6599 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6600 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6601 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6602 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6603
6604 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6605 Return a new, empty display table.
6606
6607 \(fn)" nil nil)
6608
6609 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6610 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6611 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6612 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6613 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6614
6615 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6616
6617 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6618 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6619 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6620 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6621 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6622
6623 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6624
6625 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6626 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6627
6628 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6629
6630 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6631 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6632
6633 \(fn)" t nil)
6634
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6637
6638 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6639 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6640
6641 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6642 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6643 byte.
6644
6645 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6646 in the default way after this call.
6647
6648 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6649
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6651 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6652
6653 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6654
6655 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6656 Display character C using printable string S.
6657
6658 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6659
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6662 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6663 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6664
6665 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6666
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6668 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6669 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6670 X frame.
6671
6672 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6673
6674 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6675 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6676
6677 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6678
6679 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6680 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6681
6682 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6683
6684 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6685 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6686
6687 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6688
6689 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6690 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6691
6692 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6693
6694 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6695 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6696
6697 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6698
6699 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6700 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6701
6702 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6703 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6704
6705 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6706 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6707
6708 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6709 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6710 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6711 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6712
6713 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6714 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6715 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6716 in `.emacs'.
6717
6718 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6719
6720 ;;;***
6721 \f
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6723 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6725
6726 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6727 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6728 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6729 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6730 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6731 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6732 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6733 Default is 2.
6734
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6736
6737 ;;;***
6738 \f
6739 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20707 18685
6740 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6742
6743 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6744 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6745 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6746 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6747 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6748 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6749 private or ask).
6750 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6751 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6752 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6753 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6754 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6755
6756 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6757
6758 ;;;***
6759 \f
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6761 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6763
6764 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6765 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6766 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6767 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6768 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6769 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6770 table and its own syntax table.
6771
6772 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6773
6774 \(fn)" t nil)
6775 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6776
6777 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6778 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6779
6780 \(fn)" t nil)
6781
6782 ;;;***
6783 \f
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6785 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20707
6786 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6788
6789 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6790 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6791 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6792 OpenDocument format).
6793
6794 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6795
6796 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6797 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6798
6799 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6800 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6801
6802 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6803 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6804 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6805
6806 \(fn)" t nil)
6807
6808 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6809 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6810 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6811 to the next best mode.
6812
6813 \(fn)" nil nil)
6814
6815 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6816 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6820
6821 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6822
6823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6824
6825 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6826
6827
6828 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6829
6830 ;;;***
6831 \f
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20707 18685
6833 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6835
6836 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6837 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6838
6839 \(fn)" t nil)
6840
6841 ;;;***
6842 \f
6843 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20707 18685
6844 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6846
6847 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6848 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6851 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6852
6853 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6854 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6855
6856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6857
6858 ;;;***
6859 \f
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20707 18685
6861 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6863
6864 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6865 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6866
6867 \(fn)" t nil)
6868
6869 ;;;***
6870 \f
6871 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6872 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6873 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
6874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6875
6876 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6877
6878 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6879 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6880 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6881 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6882 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6883
6884 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6885 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6886 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6887 and disables it otherwise.
6888
6889 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6890 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6891 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6892 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6893
6894 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6895 documenting what its argument does.
6896
6897 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6898 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6899 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6900 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6901 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6902 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6903 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6904 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6905
6906 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6907 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6908 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6909 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6910 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6911 mode is global):
6912
6913 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6914 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6915 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6916 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6917 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6918 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6919 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6920 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6921 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6922 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6923 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6924 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6925 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6926 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6927 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6928 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6929 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6930 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6931 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6932 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6933 the terms used in :variable).
6934 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6935 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6936
6937 For example, you could write
6938 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6939 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6940 ...BODY CODE...)
6941
6942 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6943
6944 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6945
6946 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6947
6948 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6949
6950 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6951 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6952 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6953 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6954 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6955 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6956 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6957 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6958 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6959 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6960 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6961 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6962
6963 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6964 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6965 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6966 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6967 call another major mode in their body.
6968
6969 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6970
6971 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6972
6973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6975 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6976 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6977 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6978 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6979 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6980
6981 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6982
6983 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6984 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6985 :inherit Parent keymap.
6986 :group Ignored.
6987 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6988 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6989
6990 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6991
6992 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6993 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6994 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6995 the constant's documentation.
6996
6997 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6998
6999 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7000 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7001 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7002
7003 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7004
7005 ;;;***
7006 \f
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7008 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20707
7009 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
7010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7011
7012 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7013 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7014 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7015 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7016
7017 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7018 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7019 as a top-level menu bar item.
7020
7021 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7022 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7023 pairs:
7024
7025 :filter FUNCTION
7026 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7027 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7028 items to actually display.
7029
7030 :visible INCLUDE
7031 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7032 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7033 alias for `:visible'.
7034
7035 :active ENABLE
7036 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7037 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7038 an alias for `:active'.
7039
7040 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7041 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7042
7043 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7044
7045 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7046
7047 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7048 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7049
7050 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7051 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7052
7053 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7054
7055 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7056
7057 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7058 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7059
7060 :keys KEYS
7061 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7062 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7063 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7064 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7065
7066 :key-sequence KEYS
7067 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7068 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7069 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7070 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7071
7072 :active ENABLE
7073 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7074 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7075 alias for `:active'.
7076
7077 :visible INCLUDE
7078 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7079 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7080 `:visible'.
7081
7082 :label FORM
7083 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7084 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7085
7086 :suffix FORM
7087 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7088 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7089
7090 :style STYLE
7091 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7092 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7093 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7094
7095 :selected SELECTED
7096 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7097 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7098
7099 :help HELP
7100 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7101
7102 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7103 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7104 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7105
7106 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7107 MENU. This is a submenu.
7108
7109 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7110
7111 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7112
7113 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7114
7115
7116 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7117
7118 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7119 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7120 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7121 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7122
7123 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7124
7125 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7126 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7127 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7128 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7129 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7130 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7131
7132 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7133 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7134 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7135
7136 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7137 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7138 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7139
7140 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7141 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7142
7143 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7144
7145 ;;;***
7146 \f
7147 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7148 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7149 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7150 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7151 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7152 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7153 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7154 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7156
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Customization for ebnf group.
7159
7160 \(fn)" t nil)
7161
7162 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7163 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7164
7165 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7166
7167 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7168 processed.
7169
7170 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7171
7172 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7173
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7176
7177 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7178 killed after process termination.
7179
7180 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7181
7182 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7183
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7186
7187 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7188 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7189 it to the printer.
7190
7191 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7192 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7193 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7194 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7195
7196 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7197
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7200 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7201
7202 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7203
7204 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7205 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7206
7207 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7208
7209 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7210 processed.
7211
7212 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7213
7214 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7215
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7218
7219 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7220 killed after process termination.
7221
7222 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7223
7224 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7225
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7228 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7229 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7230
7231 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7232
7233 \(fn)" t nil)
7234
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7237 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7238
7239 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7240
7241 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7245
7246 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7247
7248 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7249 processed.
7250
7251 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7252
7253 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7254
7255 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7256 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7257
7258 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7259 killed after EPS generation.
7260
7261 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7262
7263 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7264
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7267
7268 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7269 The EPS file name has the following form:
7270
7271 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7272
7273 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7274 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7275
7276 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7277 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7278 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7279 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7280 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7281
7282 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7283 files.
7284
7285 \(fn)" t nil)
7286
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7289
7290 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7291 The EPS file name has the following form:
7292
7293 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7294
7295 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7296 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7297
7298 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7299 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7300 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7301 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7302 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7303
7304 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7305 files.
7306
7307 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7308
7309 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7310
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7313
7314 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7315
7316 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7317 are processed.
7318
7319 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7320
7321 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7324 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7325
7326 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7327 killed after syntax checking.
7328
7329 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7330
7331 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7335
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7340
7341 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7345
7346 \(fn)" nil nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7350
7351 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7352
7353 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7354
7355 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7356 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7357
7358 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7359
7360 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7363 Delete style NAME.
7364
7365 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7366
7367 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7368
7369 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7370 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7371
7372 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7373
7374 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7375
7376 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7377 Set STYLE as the current style.
7378
7379 Returns the old style symbol.
7380
7381 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7382
7383 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7384
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Reset current style.
7387
7388 Returns the old style symbol.
7389
7390 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7391
7392 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7393
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7396
7397 Returns the old style symbol.
7398
7399 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7400
7401 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7402
7403 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7404
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7407
7408 Returns the old style symbol.
7409
7410 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7411
7412 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7413
7414 \(fn)" t nil)
7415
7416 ;;;***
7417 \f
7418 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7419 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7420 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7421 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7422 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7423 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7424 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7425 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7426 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7427 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7428 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20707
7429 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
7430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7433 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7434 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7435 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7436 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7437 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7438
7439 Tree mode key bindings:
7440 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7445 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7446
7447 \(fn)" t nil)
7448
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7450 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7451
7452 \(fn)" t nil)
7453
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7455 View declaration of member at point.
7456
7457 \(fn)" t nil)
7458
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7460 Find declaration of member at point.
7461
7462 \(fn)" t nil)
7463
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7465 View definition of member at point.
7466
7467 \(fn)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find definition of member at point.
7471
7472 \(fn)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7475 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7476
7477 \(fn)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7480 View definition of member at point in other window.
7481
7482 \(fn)" t nil)
7483
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7485 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7486
7487 \(fn)" t nil)
7488
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7490 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7491
7492 \(fn)" t nil)
7493
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7495 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7496
7497 \(fn)" t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7500 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7501
7502 \(fn)" t nil)
7503
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7505 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7506 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7507 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7508 completion.
7509
7510 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7511
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7513 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7514 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7515 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7516
7517 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7518
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7520 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7521 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7522 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7523
7524 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7525
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7527 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7528 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7529
7530 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7531
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7533 Search for call sites of a member.
7534 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7535 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7536 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7537 looks like a function call to the member.
7538
7539 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7540
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7542 Move backward in the position stack.
7543 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7544
7545 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7546
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7548 Move forward in the position stack.
7549 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7550
7551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7552
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7554 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7555
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7557
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7559 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7560
7561 \(fn)" t nil)
7562
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7564 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7565 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7566 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7567
7568 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7569
7570 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7571 Display statistics for a class tree.
7572
7573 \(fn)" t nil)
7574
7575 ;;;***
7576 \f
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7580
7581 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7582 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7583 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7584 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7585 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7586 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7587 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7588
7589 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7590
7591 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7592 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7593 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7594 also has this effect.
7595 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7596 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7597 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7598 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7599 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7600 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7601 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7602 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7603 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7604 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7605
7606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7607
7608 ;;;***
7609 \f
7610 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7611 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7613
7614 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7615 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7616 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7617
7618 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7619
7620 ;;;***
7621 \f
7622 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7625
7626 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7627
7628
7629 \(fn)" nil nil)
7630
7631 ;;;***
7632 \f
7633 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20707 18685
7634 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
7635 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7636
7637 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7638 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7639 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7641 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7642 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7643
7644 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7645
7646 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7647 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7649 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7650 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7651
7652 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7653 an EDE controlled project.
7654
7655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7656
7657 ;;;***
7658 \f
7659 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7660 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7661 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7663
7664 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7665 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7666 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7667 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7668 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7669
7670 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7671 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7672 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7673 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7674
7675 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7676
7677 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7678 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7679 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7680 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7681
7682 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7683
7684 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7685 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7686 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7687 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7688
7689 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7690
7691 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7692
7693 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7694 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7695 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7696 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7697 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7698
7699 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7700 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7701 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7702 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7703 instrumented for Edebug.
7704
7705 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7706 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7707 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7708 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7709 already is one.)
7710
7711 \(fn)" t nil)
7712
7713 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7714 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7715
7716 \(fn)" t nil)
7717
7718 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7719 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7720
7721 \(fn)" t nil)
7722
7723 ;;;***
7724 \f
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7726 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7727 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7728 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7729 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7730 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7731 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7732 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7733 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7734 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20707 18685
7735 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7737
7738 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7740
7741 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7742
7743 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7744 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7745
7746 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7747
7748 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7749
7750 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7751
7752 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7753 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7754 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7755 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7756
7757 \(fn)" t nil)
7758
7759 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7760 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7761 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7762 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7763
7764 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7765
7766 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7768
7769 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7770
7771 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7772
7773 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7775
7776 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7777
7778 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7779
7780 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7781 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7782 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7783 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7784
7785 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7786
7787 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7788
7789 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7791 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7792 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7793
7794 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7795
7796 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7797
7798 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7800 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7801 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7802
7803 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7804
7805 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7806
7807 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7808 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7809 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7810 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7811
7812 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7813
7814 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7815
7816 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7817 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7818 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7819 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7820 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7821 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7822
7823 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7824
7825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7826 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7827 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7828 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7829
7830 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7831
7832 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7833
7834 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7835 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7836 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7837 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7838
7839 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7840
7841 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7842
7843 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7844
7845 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7846 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7847 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7848 follows:
7849 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7850 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7851
7852 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7855 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7856 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7857 follows:
7858 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7859 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7860
7861 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7862
7863 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7864 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7865 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7866 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7867 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7868
7869 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7870
7871 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7872 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7873 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7874 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7875 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7876 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7877
7878 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7879
7880 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7881
7882 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7883 Merge two files without ancestor.
7884
7885 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7888 Merge two files with ancestor.
7889
7890 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7891
7892 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7893
7894 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7895 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7896
7897 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7898
7899 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7900 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7901
7902 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7903
7904 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7905 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7906 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7907 buffer.
7908
7909 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7910
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7912 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7913 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7914 buffer.
7915
7916 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7919 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7920 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7921 and don't ask the user.
7922 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7923 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7924
7925 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7926
7927 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7928 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7929 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7930 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7931 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7932 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7933 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7934 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7935
7936 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7937
7938 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7939
7940 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7941
7942 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7943 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7944 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7945 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7946 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7947
7948 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7949
7950 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7951
7952 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7953 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7954 When called interactively, displays the version.
7955
7956 \(fn)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7959 Display Ediff's manual.
7960 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7961
7962 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7963
7964 ;;;***
7965 \f
7966 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7967 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7969
7970 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7971
7972
7973 \(fn)" t nil)
7974
7975 ;;;***
7976 \f
7977 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7978 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
7979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7980
7981 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7982 Display Ediff's registry.
7983
7984 \(fn)" t nil)
7985
7986 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7987
7988 ;;;***
7989 \f
7990 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7991 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7993
7994 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7995 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7996 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7997 which see.
7998
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8000
8001 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8002 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8003 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8004 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8005
8006 \(fn)" t nil)
8007
8008 ;;;***
8009 \f
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8011 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8012 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8014
8015 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8016 Edit a keyboard macro.
8017 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8018 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8019 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8020 its command name.
8021 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8022
8023 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8024
8025 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8026 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8027
8028 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8029
8030 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8031 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8032
8033 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8036 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8037 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8038 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8039 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8040 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8041
8042 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8043 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8044 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8045 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8046
8047 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8048
8049 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8050 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8051 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8052 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8053 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8054 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8055
8056 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8057
8058 ;;;***
8059 \f
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8061 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8063
8064 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8065 Set scroll margins.
8066 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8067 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8068
8069 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8070
8071 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8072 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8073
8074 \(fn)" t nil)
8075
8076 ;;;***
8077 \f
8078 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8079 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8081
8082 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8083 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8084 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8085 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8086 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8087 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8088 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8089
8090 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8091 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8092
8093 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8094 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8095 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8096 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8097
8098 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8099 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8100 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8101
8102 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8103 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8104 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8105
8106 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8107
8108 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8109
8110
8111 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8112
8113 ;;;***
8114 \f
8115 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8116 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8118
8119 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8120 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8121 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8122
8123 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8124
8125 ;;;***
8126 \f
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8128 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8129 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8131
8132 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8133 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8134 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8135 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8136
8137 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8138 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8139
8140 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8141 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8142 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8143 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8144
8145 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8146
8147 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8148 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8149 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8150
8151 \(fn FCN)" t nil)
8152 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8153
8154 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8155 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8156 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8157
8158 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8159
8160 ;;;***
8161 \f
8162 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8163 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8165
8166 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8167 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8168
8169 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8170
8171 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8172 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8174 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8175 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8176
8177 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8178 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8179 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8180 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8181 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8182 expression point is on.
8183
8184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8185
8186 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8187 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8188
8189 \(fn)" t nil)
8190
8191 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8192 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8193 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8194 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8195 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8196 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8197 arg list.
8198
8199 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8200 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8201 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8202 effect.
8203
8204 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8205 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8206
8207 ;;;***
8208 \f
8209 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8210 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8212
8213 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8214 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8215
8216 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8217 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8218 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8219 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8220 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8221 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8222
8223 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8224
8225 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8226 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8227 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8228 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8229 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8230
8231 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8232 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8233 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8234
8235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8236
8237 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8238 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8239 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8242 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8243
8244 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8245
8246 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8247 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8251
8252 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8253 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8254 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8255
8256 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8257
8258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8259
8260 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8261 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8262 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8265 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8266
8267 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8268
8269 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8270 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8274 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8275
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8277
8278 ;;;***
8279 \f
8280 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20707
8281 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8283
8284 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8285 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8286
8287 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8288 an elided material again.
8289
8290 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8291
8292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8293
8294 ;;;***
8295 \f
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8297 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8298 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8300
8301 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8302 Lint the file FILE.
8303
8304 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8305
8306 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8307 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8308 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8309
8310 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8311
8312 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8313 Lint the current buffer.
8314 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8315
8316 \(fn)" t nil)
8317
8318 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8319 Lint the function at point.
8320 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8321
8322 \(fn)" t nil)
8323
8324 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8325 Initialize elint.
8326 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8327 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8328
8329 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8330
8331 ;;;***
8332 \f
8333 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8334 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20707
8335 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8337
8338 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8339 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8340 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8341
8342 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8345 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8346 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8347 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8348
8349 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8350
8351 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8352 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8353 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8354
8355 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8356
8357 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8358
8359 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8360 Display current profiling results.
8361 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8362 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8363 displayed.
8364
8365 \(fn)" t nil)
8366
8367 ;;;***
8368 \f
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8370 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8372
8373 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8374 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8375 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8376 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8377 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8378 ARG is omitted or nil.
8379
8380 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8381 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8382 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8383 used instead.
8384
8385 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8386
8387 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8388 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8389 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8390
8391 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8392
8393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8394
8395 ;;;***
8396 \f
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8398 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8400
8401 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8402 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8403 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8404
8405 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8406
8407 ;;;***
8408 \f
8409 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8410 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8411 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8412 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8413 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20627 28531 447943 0))
8414 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8415
8416 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8417 Run Emerge on two files.
8418
8419 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8420
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8422 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8423
8424 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8425
8426 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8427 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8428
8429 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8430
8431 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8432 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8433
8434 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8435
8436 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8437
8438
8439 \(fn)" nil nil)
8440
8441 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8442
8443
8444 \(fn)" nil nil)
8445
8446 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8447
8448
8449 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8452
8453
8454 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8457 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8458
8459 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8462 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8463
8464 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8467
8468
8469 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8470
8471 ;;;***
8472 \f
8473 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8474 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8476
8477 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8478 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8479 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8480 text/enriched format.
8481
8482 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8483 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8484 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8485
8486 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8487
8488 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8489 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8490
8491 Commands:
8492
8493 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8494
8495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8496
8497 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8498
8499
8500 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8501
8502 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8503
8504
8505 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8506
8507 ;;;***
8508 \f
8509 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8510 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8511 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8512 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8513 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8514 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20707
8515 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8517
8518 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8519 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8520
8521 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8524 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8525
8526 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8527
8528 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8529 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8530 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8531 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8532 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8533 the keys are listed.
8534 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8535
8536 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8537
8538 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8539 Decrypt FILE.
8540
8541 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8542
8543 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8544 Verify FILE.
8545
8546 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8547
8548 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8549 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8550
8551 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8552
8553 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8554 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8555
8556 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8557
8558 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8559 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8560
8561 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8562 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8563 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8564 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8565
8566 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8567 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8568 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8569 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8570 should consider using the string based counterpart
8571 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8572 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8573
8574 For example:
8575
8576 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8577 (decode-coding-string
8578 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8579 'utf-8))
8580
8581 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8582
8583 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8584 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8585
8586 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8587 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8588
8589 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8590
8591 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8592 Verify the current region between START and END.
8593
8594 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8595 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8596 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8597 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8598 should consider using the string based counterpart
8599 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8600 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8601
8602 For example:
8603
8604 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8605 (decode-coding-string
8606 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8607 'utf-8))
8608
8609 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8610
8611 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8612 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8613 between START and END.
8614
8615 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8616 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8617
8618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8621 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8622
8623 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8624 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8625 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8626 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8627 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8628 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8629
8630 For example:
8631
8632 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8633 (epg-sign-string
8634 context
8635 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8636
8637 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8638
8639 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8640 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8641
8642 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8643 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8644 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8645 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8646 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8647 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8648
8649 For example:
8650
8651 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8652 (epg-encrypt-string
8653 context
8654 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8655 nil))
8656
8657 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8658
8659 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8660 Delete selected KEYS.
8661
8662 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8663
8664 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8665 Import keys from FILE.
8666
8667 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8668
8669 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8670 Import keys from the region.
8671
8672 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8673
8674 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8675 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8676 between START and END.
8677
8678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8679
8680 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8681 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8682
8683 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8684
8685 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8686 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8687
8688 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8689
8690 ;;;***
8691 \f
8692 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8693 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20707 18685
8694 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8695 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8696
8697 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8698 Decrypt marked files.
8699
8700 \(fn)" t nil)
8701
8702 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8703 Verify marked files.
8704
8705 \(fn)" t nil)
8706
8707 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8708 Sign marked files.
8709
8710 \(fn)" t nil)
8711
8712 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8713 Encrypt marked files.
8714
8715 \(fn)" t nil)
8716
8717 ;;;***
8718 \f
8719 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8720 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8721 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8722
8723 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8724
8725
8726 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8727
8728 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8729
8730
8731 \(fn)" t nil)
8732
8733 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8734
8735
8736 \(fn)" t nil)
8737
8738 ;;;***
8739 \f
8740 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8741 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8742 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8744
8745 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8746 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8748 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8749 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8750
8751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8752
8753 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8754 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8755 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8756
8757 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8758
8759 \(fn)" t nil)
8760
8761 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8762 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8763 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8764
8765 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8766
8767 \(fn)" t nil)
8768
8769 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8770 Sign the current buffer.
8771 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8772
8773 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8774
8775 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8776
8777 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8778 Encrypt the current buffer.
8779 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8780
8781 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8782
8783 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8784
8785 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8786 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8787 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8788
8789 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8790
8791 \(fn)" t nil)
8792
8793 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8794 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8795 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8798 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8799
8800 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8801
8802 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8803 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8804 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8805 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8806 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8807
8808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8809
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20707 18685
8813 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8815
8816 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8817 Return a context object.
8818
8819 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8820
8821 ;;;***
8822 \f
8823 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8824 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8825 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8826
8827 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8828 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8829
8830 \(fn)" nil nil)
8831
8832 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8833 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8834
8835 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8836
8837 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8838 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8839
8840 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8845 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8847
8848 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8849 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8850
8851 \(fn)" nil nil)
8852
8853 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8854 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8855 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8856
8857 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8858
8859 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8860 (server (erc-compute-server))
8861 (port (erc-compute-port))
8862 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8863 password
8864 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8865
8866 That is, if called with
8867
8868 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8869
8870 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8871 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8872 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8873
8874 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8875
8876 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8877
8878 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8879 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8880 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8881
8882 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8883
8884 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8885 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8886 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8887 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8888
8889 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8890
8891 ;;;***
8892 \f
8893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20707
8894 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
8895 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8896 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8897
8898 ;;;***
8899 \f
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20707 18685
8901 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8904
8905 ;;;***
8906 \f
8907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20707 18685
8908 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8909 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8910 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8911
8912 ;;;***
8913 \f
8914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20707 18685
8915 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8917 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8918
8919 ;;;***
8920 \f
8921 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8922 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
8923 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8924 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8925
8926 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8927 Parser for /dcc command.
8928 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8929 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8930 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8931
8932 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8933
8934 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8935 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8936
8937 \(fn)" nil nil)
8938
8939 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8940 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8941
8942 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8943 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8944 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8945 that subcommand.
8946
8947 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8948
8949 ;;;***
8950 \f
8951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8952 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8953 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8954 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8955
8956 ;;;***
8957 \f
8958 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8959 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8960 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8961 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8962 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8964
8965 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8966 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8967
8968 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8969
8970 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8971 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8972 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8973 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8974
8975 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8976
8977 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8978
8979
8980 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8981
8982 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8983 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8984
8985 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8986
8987 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8988 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8989
8990 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8991
8992 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8993 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8994
8995 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8996
8997 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8998 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8999
9000 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9001
9002 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9003 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9004
9005 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9006
9007 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9008 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9009
9010 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9011
9012 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9013 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9014
9015 \(fn)" nil nil)
9016
9017 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9018 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9019
9020 \(fn)" nil nil)
9021
9022 ;;;***
9023 \f
9024 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20707
9025 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9027 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9028
9029 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9030 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9031 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9032
9033 \(fn)" nil nil)
9034
9035 ;;;***
9036 \f
9037 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9038 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9040 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9041
9042 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9043 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9044 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9045 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9046 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9047 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9048 system.
9049
9050 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9051
9052 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9053
9054
9055 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9056
9057 ;;;***
9058 \f
9059 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9060 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9061 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9062
9063 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9064
9065
9066 \(fn)" nil nil)
9067
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20707 18685 911514
9071 ;;;;;; 0))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20707 18685 911514
9078 ;;;;;; 0))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9081
9082 ;;;***
9083 \f
9084 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9085 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9087 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9088
9089 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9090 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9091 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9092 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9093 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9094 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9095
9096 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9097
9098 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9099 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9100 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9101 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9102
9103 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9104 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9105 automatically.
9106
9107 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9108 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9109
9110 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9111
9112 ;;;***
9113 \f
9114 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9115 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9116 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9117 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9120
9121 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9122 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9123
9124 \(fn)" t nil)
9125
9126 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9127 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9128
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9130
9131 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9132 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9133
9134 \(fn)" t nil)
9135
9136 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9137 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9138
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9140
9141 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9142 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9143
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9145
9146 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9147 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9148
9149 \(fn)" t nil)
9150
9151 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9152 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9153
9154 \(fn)" t nil)
9155
9156 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9157 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9158
9159 \(fn)" t nil)
9160
9161 ;;;***
9162 \f
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20707 18685 911514
9164 ;;;;;; 0))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9167
9168 ;;;***
9169 \f
9170 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9171 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9172 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9173 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9174
9175 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9176 Show who's gone.
9177
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9179
9180 ;;;***
9181 \f
9182 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9183 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9185
9186 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9187 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9188 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9189 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9190
9191 \(fn)" nil nil)
9192
9193 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9194 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9195
9196 \(fn)" t nil)
9197
9198 ;;;***
9199 \f
9200 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9201 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9204
9205 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9206 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9207 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9208 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9209
9210 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9211
9212 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9213
9214
9215 \(fn)" nil nil)
9216
9217 ;;;***
9218 \f
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20707 18685 911514
9220 ;;;;;; 0))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9223
9224 ;;;***
9225 \f
9226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20707
9227 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9229 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9230
9231 ;;;***
9232 \f
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20707 18685
9234 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9237
9238 ;;;***
9239 \f
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20707 18685 911514
9241 ;;;;;; 0))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9244
9245 ;;;***
9246 \f
9247 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9248 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20707 18685 911514
9249 ;;;;;; 0))
9250 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9251 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9252
9253 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9254 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9255
9256 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9257
9258 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9259 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9260 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9261
9262 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9263
9264 ;;;***
9265 \f
9266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20707 18685
9267 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
9268 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9269 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9270
9271 ;;;***
9272 \f
9273 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9274 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9275 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9276
9277 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9278 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9279 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9280
9281 \(fn)" t nil)
9282
9283 ;;;***
9284 \f
9285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20707
9286 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9287 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9288 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9289
9290 ;;;***
9291 \f
9292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20707 18685
9293 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
9294 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9295 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9296
9297 ;;;***
9298 \f
9299 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9300 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9301 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9302
9303 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9304 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9305 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9306
9307 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9308
9309 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9310 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9313 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9314
9315 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9316 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9317 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9318 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9319
9320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9321 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9322
9323 ;;;***
9324 \f
9325 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9326 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20707 18685 911514
9327 ;;;;;; 0))
9328 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9329 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9330
9331 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9332 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9333 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9334 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9335
9336 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9337
9338 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9339 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9340 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9341
9342 \(fn)" t nil)
9343
9344 ;;;***
9345 \f
9346 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9347 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9348 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9349 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9350
9351 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9352 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9353
9354 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9359 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9360 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9361 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9362
9363 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9364 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9365
9366 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9367 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9368
9369 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9370 assertions in BODY.
9371
9372 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9373
9374 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9375 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9376 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9377
9378 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9379
9380 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9381
9382 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9383
9384 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9385 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9386
9387 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9388 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9389 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9390 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9391
9392 Returns the stats object.
9393
9394 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9395
9396 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9397 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9398
9399 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9400 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9401 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9402 the tests).
9403
9404 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9405
9406 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9407 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9408
9409 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9410 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9411 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9412 and how to display message.
9413
9414 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9415
9416 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9417
9418 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9419 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9420
9421 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9422
9423 ;;;***
9424 \f
9425 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9426 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9427 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9428
9429 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9430
9431 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9432 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9433
9434 \(fn)" t nil)
9435
9436 ;;;***
9437 \f
9438 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20707
9439 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
9440 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9441
9442 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9443 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9444
9445 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9446
9447 \(fn)" nil nil)
9448
9449 ;;;***
9450 \f
9451 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9452 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9454
9455 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9456 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9457 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9458 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9459 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9460 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9461 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9462 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9463 buffer selected (or created).
9464
9465 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9466
9467 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9468 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9469 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9470
9471 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9472
9473 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9474 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9475 The result might be any Lisp object.
9476 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9477 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9478 corresponding to a successful execution.
9479
9480 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9481
9482 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9483
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9487 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9488 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9489 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9490 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9491 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9492 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9493 ;;;;;; (20708 61830 550462 877000))
9494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9495
9496 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9497 File name of tags table.
9498 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9499 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9500 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9501 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9502 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9503
9504 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9505 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9506 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9507 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9508
9509 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9510
9511 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9512 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9513 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9514 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9515 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9516 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9517
9518 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9519
9520 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9521 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9522 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9523
9524 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9525
9526 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9527 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9528 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9529 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9530 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9531
9532 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9533
9534 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9535 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9536 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9537 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9538
9539 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9540
9541 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9542 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9543 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9544 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9545 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9546
9547 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9548
9549 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9550 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9551
9552 \(fn)" t nil)
9553
9554 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9555 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9556 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9557 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9558
9559 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9560 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9561 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9562 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9563 file the tag was in.
9564
9565 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9566
9567 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9568 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9569 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9570 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9571 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9572 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9573 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9574 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9575 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9576
9577 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9578
9579 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9580 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9581 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9582 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9583 without directory names.
9584
9585 \(fn)" nil nil)
9586 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9587 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9588 (progn
9589 (load "etags")
9590 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9591
9592 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9593 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9594 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9595 but does not select the buffer.
9596 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9597
9598 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9599 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9600 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9601 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9602 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9603
9604 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9605
9606 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9607 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9608 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9609
9610 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9611
9612 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9613
9614 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9616 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9617 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9618
9619 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9620 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9621 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9622 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9623 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9624
9625 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9626
9627 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9628 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9629 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9630
9631 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9632
9633 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9634 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9635
9636 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9637 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9638 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9639 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9640 around or before point.
9641
9642 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9643 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9644 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9645 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9646 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9647
9648 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9649
9650 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9651 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9652 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9653
9654 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9655
9656 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9657 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9658
9659 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9660 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9661 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9662 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9663 around or before point.
9664
9665 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9666 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9667 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9668 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9669 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9670
9671 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9672
9673 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9674 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9675 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9676
9677 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9678
9679 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9680 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9681
9682 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9683 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9684 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9685
9686 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9687 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9688 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9689 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9690 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9691
9692 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9693
9694 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9695 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9696 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9697
9698 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9699
9700 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9701 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9702 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9703
9704 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9705 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9706
9707 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9708 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9709 where they were found.
9710
9711 \(fn)" t nil)
9712
9713 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9714 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9715
9716 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9717 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9718 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9719
9720 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9721 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9722
9723 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9724 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9725
9726 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9727
9728 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9729 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9730 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9731 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9732
9733 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9734 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9735 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9736 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9737 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9738
9739 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9740 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9741
9742 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9743 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9744 Stops when a match is found.
9745 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9746
9747 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9748 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9749 restricted to these files.
9750
9751 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9752
9753 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9754
9755 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9756 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9757 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9758 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9759 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9760 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9761 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9762 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9763
9764 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9765 produce the list of files to search.
9766
9767 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9768
9769 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9770
9771 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9772 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9773 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9774 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9775 directory specification.
9776
9777 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9778
9779 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9780 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9781
9782 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9783
9784 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9785 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9786 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9787 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9788
9789 \(fn)" t nil)
9790
9791 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9792 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9793 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9794 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9795 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9796
9797 \(fn)" t nil)
9798
9799 ;;;***
9800 \f
9801 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9802 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9803 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9804 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9805 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9806 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9807 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9808 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9809 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9810
9811 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9812
9813
9814 \(fn)" nil nil)
9815
9816 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9817 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9818
9819 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9820 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9821
9822 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9823 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9824 primary language.
9825
9826 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9827 even if the buffer is read-only.
9828
9829 See also the descriptions of the variables
9830 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9831
9832 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9835 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9836
9837 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9838 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9839
9840 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9841 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9842 primary language.
9843
9844 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9845 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9846
9847 See also the descriptions of the variables
9848 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9849
9850 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9851
9852 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9853 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9854 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9855 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9856
9857 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9858
9859 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9860 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9861 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9862 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9863
9864 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9865 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9866 primary language.
9867
9868 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9869 buffer is read-only.
9870
9871 See also the descriptions of the variables
9872 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9873 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9874
9875 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9876
9877 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9878 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9879
9880 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9881 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9882
9883 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9884 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9885 the primary language.
9886
9887 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9888 buffer is read-only.
9889
9890 See also the descriptions of the variables
9891 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9892 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9893
9894 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9895
9896 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9897 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9898 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9899
9900 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9901
9902 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9903 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9904
9905 \(fn)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9908 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9909
9910 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9911 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9912 be 1, 2, or 3.
9913
9914 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9915 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9916 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9917
9918 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9919
9920 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9921
9922 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9923 This function is deprecated.
9924
9925 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9926
9927 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9928 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9929
9930 \(fn)" t nil)
9931
9932 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9933 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9934
9935 \(fn)" t nil)
9936
9937 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9938 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9939
9940 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9941 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9942
9943 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9944 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9945
9946 \(fn)" nil nil)
9947
9948 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9949 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9950
9951 \(fn)" nil nil)
9952
9953 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9954 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9955
9956 \(fn)" nil nil)
9957
9958 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9959 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9960
9961 \(fn)" nil nil)
9962
9963 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9964 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9965 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9966
9967 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9968
9969 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9970
9971
9972 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9973
9974 ;;;***
9975 \f
9976 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9977 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9978 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
9979 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9980
9981 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9982 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9983 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9984 server for future sessions.
9985
9986 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9987
9988 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9989 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9990 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9991
9992 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9993
9994 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9995 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9996 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9997
9998 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9999
10000 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10001 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10002 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10003 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10004 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10005 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10006 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10007 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10008 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10009 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10010 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10011 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10012
10013 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10014
10015 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10016 Display a form to query the directory server.
10017 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10018 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10019
10020 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10021
10022 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10023 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10024 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10025
10026 \(fn)" t nil)
10027
10028 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10029
10030 ;;;***
10031 \f
10032 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10033 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10034 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10035 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10036
10037 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10038 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10039
10040 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10041
10042 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10043 Display URL and make it clickable.
10044
10045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10046
10047 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10048 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10049
10050 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10051
10052 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10053 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10054
10055 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10056
10057 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10058 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10059
10060 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10061
10062 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10063 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10064
10065 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10066
10067 ;;;***
10068 \f
10069 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10070 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10072
10073 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10074 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10075 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10076
10077 \(fn)" t nil)
10078
10079 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10080 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10081
10082 \(fn)" t nil)
10083
10084 ;;;***
10085 \f
10086 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10087 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
10088 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10089
10090 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10091 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10092
10093 \(fn)" t nil)
10094
10095 ;;;***
10096 \f
10097 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20707
10098 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
10099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10100
10101 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10102 Create an empty ewoc.
10103
10104 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10105
10106 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10107 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10108 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10109 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10110 `insert-before-markers'.
10111
10112 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10113 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10114 respectively, of the ewoc.
10115
10116 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10117 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10118 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10119
10120 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10125 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10126 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10127 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
10128 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10129
10130 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10131 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10132 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10133
10134 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10135
10136 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10137 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10138 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10139 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10140 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10141
10142 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10143
10144 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10145 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10146 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10147 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10148 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10149 executable.
10150
10151 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10152
10153 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10154 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10155 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10156
10157 \(fn)" t nil)
10158
10159 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10160 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10161 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10162 file modes.
10163
10164 \(fn)" nil nil)
10165
10166 ;;;***
10167 \f
10168 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10169 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10170 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
10171 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10172
10173 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10174 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10175 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10176 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10177
10178 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10179
10180 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10181 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10182 to generate such functions.
10183
10184 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10185 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10186 beginning of the expanded text.
10187
10188 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10189 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10190 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10191 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10192
10193 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10194
10195 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10196
10197 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10198 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10199 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10200
10201 \(fn)" nil nil)
10202
10203 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10204 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10205 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10206
10207 \(fn)" t nil)
10208
10209 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10210 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10211 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10212
10213 \(fn)" t nil)
10214 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10215 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10216
10217 ;;;***
10218 \f
10219 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20707 18685
10220 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
10221 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10222
10223 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10224 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10225 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10226
10227 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10228 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10229 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10230
10231 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10232
10233 Key definitions:
10234 \\{f90-mode-map}
10235
10236 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10237
10238 `f90-do-indent'
10239 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10240 `f90-if-indent'
10241 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10242 `f90-type-indent'
10243 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10244 `f90-program-indent'
10245 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10246 (default 2).
10247 `f90-associate-indent'
10248 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10249 `f90-critical-indent'
10250 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10251 `f90-continuation-indent'
10252 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10253 `f90-comment-region'
10254 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10255 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10256 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10257 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10258 (default \"!\").
10259 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10260 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10261 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10262 `f90-break-delimiters'
10263 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10264 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10265 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10266 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10267 (default t).
10268 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10269 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10270 `f90-smart-end'
10271 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10272 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10273 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10274 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10275 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10276 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10277 `f90-leave-line-no'
10278 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10279
10280 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10281 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10282
10283 \(fn)" t nil)
10284
10285 ;;;***
10286 \f
10287 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10288 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10289 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10290 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20707
10291 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
10292 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10293
10294 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10295 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10296 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10297 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10298
10299 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10300 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10301 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10302 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10303 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10304
10305 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10306 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10307 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10308 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10309 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10310 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10311 attributes.
10312
10313 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10314 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10315
10316 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10317
10318 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10319 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10320 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10321 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10322
10323 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10324
10325 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10326 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10327 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10328 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10329
10330 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10331 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10332 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10333
10334 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10335 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10336 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10337 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10338
10339 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10340
10341 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10342 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10343 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10344
10345 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10346 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10347 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10348 the same amount).
10349
10350 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10353 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10354 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10355
10356 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10357 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10358 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10359 will remove any scaling currently active.
10360
10361 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10362
10363 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10364 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10365 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10366
10367 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10368 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10369 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10370 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10371 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10372
10373 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10374 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10375
10376 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10377
10378 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10379 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10380
10381 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10382 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10383 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10384
10385 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10386 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10387 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10388
10389 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10390
10391 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10392 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10393 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10394 will remove any scaling currently active.
10395
10396 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10397 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10398 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10399 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10400 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10401
10402 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10403
10404 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10405 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10407 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10408 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10409 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10410
10411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10414 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10415 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10416 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10417 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10418 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10419 `buffer-face-mode'.
10420
10421 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10422 local, and sets it to FACE.
10423
10424 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10425
10426 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10427 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10428 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10429 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10430 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10431 `face' text property.
10432
10433 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10434 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10435 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10436 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10437
10438 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10439 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10440
10441 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10442
10443 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10444 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10445 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10446 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10447
10448 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10449
10450 ;;;***
10451 \f
10452 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10453 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10454 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20627 28531
10455 ;;;;;; 447943 0))
10456 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10457
10458 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10459 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10460 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10461 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10462
10463 \(fn)" nil nil)
10464
10465 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10466 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10467
10468 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10469
10470 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10471 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10472 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10473 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10474
10475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10476
10477 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10478 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10479 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10480 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10481 backup file names and the like).
10482
10483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10484
10485 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10486 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10487 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10488 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10489 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10490 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10491 internally by feedmail):
10492
10493 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10494 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10495 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10496 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10497
10498 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10499 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10500 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10501 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10502 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10503
10504 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10505
10506 ;;;***
10507 \f
10508 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10509 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10510 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10512
10513 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10514 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10515 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10516 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10517 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10518 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10519 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10520
10521 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10522
10523 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10524 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10525 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10526 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10527 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10528 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10529 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10530
10531 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10532
10533 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10534
10535 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10536 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10537 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10538 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10539 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10540 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10541
10542 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10543
10544 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10545 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10546 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10547 Return value:
10548 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10549 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10550 * otherwise, nil
10551
10552 \(fn E)" t nil)
10553
10554 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10555 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10556 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10557
10558 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10559
10560 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10561 Try to get a file name at point.
10562 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10563
10564 \(fn)" nil nil)
10565
10566 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10567 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10568
10569 \(fn)" t nil)
10570
10571 ;;;***
10572 \f
10573 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10574 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10575 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10576 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10578
10579 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10580 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10581 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10582 be added to the cache.
10583
10584 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10585
10586 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10587 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10588 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10589 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10590 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10591
10592 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10593
10594 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10595 Add FILE to the file cache.
10596
10597 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10600 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10601 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10602
10603 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10606 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10607 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10608
10609 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10612 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10613 This function does not use any external programs.
10614 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10615 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10616 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10617
10618 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10619
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10621 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10622 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10623 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10624 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10625 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10626 \(directories) is done.
10627
10628 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10629
10630 ;;;***
10631 \f
10632 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10633 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10634 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10635 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10636 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20707 18685
10637 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
10638 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10639
10640 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10641 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10642
10643 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10644 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10645 Local Variables list.
10646
10647 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10648 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10649 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10650
10651 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10652
10653 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10654 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10655
10656 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10657
10658 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10659 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10660
10661 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10662 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10663 the -*- line.
10664
10665 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10666 then this function adds it.
10667
10668 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10669
10670 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10671 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10672
10673 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10674
10675 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10676 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10677
10678 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10679
10680 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10681 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10682
10683 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10684
10685 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10686 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10687
10688 \(fn)" t nil)
10689
10690 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10691 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10692
10693 \(fn)" t nil)
10694
10695 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10696 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10697
10698 \(fn)" t nil)
10699
10700 ;;;***
10701 \f
10702 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20707
10703 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
10704 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10705
10706 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10707 Filesets initialization.
10708 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10709
10710 \(fn)" nil nil)
10711
10712 ;;;***
10713 \f
10714 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20707 18685
10715 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
10716 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10717
10718 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10719 Initiate the building of a find command.
10720 For example:
10721
10722 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10723 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10724 (mtime \"+1\"))
10725 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10726
10727 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10728 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10729
10730 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10731
10732 ;;;***
10733 \f
10734 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10735 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10737
10738 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10739 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10740 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10741
10742 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10743
10744 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10745 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10746
10747 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10748
10749 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10750 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10751 and run dired on those files.
10752 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10753 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10754
10755 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10756
10757 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10758
10759 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10760 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10761 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10762
10763 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10764 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10765
10766 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10767 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10768
10769 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10770
10771 ;;;***
10772 \f
10773 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10774 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10775 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10776 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10777
10778 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10779 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10780 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10781 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10782 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10783 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10784 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10785
10786 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10787
10788 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10789 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10790 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10791
10792 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10793
10794 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10795
10796 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10797
10798 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10799 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10800 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10801
10802 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10803 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10804
10805 Variables of interest include:
10806
10807 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10808 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10809 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10810
10811 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10812 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10813 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10814
10815 - `ff-ignore-include'
10816 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10817
10818 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10819 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10820
10821 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10822 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10823
10824 - `ff-special-constructs'
10825 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10826 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10827 extracting the filename from that construct.
10828
10829 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10830 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10831
10832 - `ff-search-directories'
10833 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10834 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10835
10836 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10837 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10838
10839 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10840 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10841
10842 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10843 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10844
10845 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10846 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10847
10848 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10849 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10850
10851 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10852
10853 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10854 Visit the file you click on.
10855
10856 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10857
10858 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10859 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10860
10861 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10862
10863 ;;;***
10864 \f
10865 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10866 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10867 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10868 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10869 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10870 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10871 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
10872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10873
10874 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10875 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10876 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10877
10878 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10881 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10882 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10883 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10884
10885 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10886 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10887 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10888 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10889
10890 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10891
10892 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10893 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10894
10895 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10896 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10897 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10898 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10899
10900 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10901 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10902 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10903
10904 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10905 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10906 in `load-path'.
10907
10908 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10909
10910 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10911 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10912
10913 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10914 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10915 places point before the definition.
10916 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10917
10918 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10919 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10920 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10921
10922 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10923
10924 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10925 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10926
10927 See `find-function' for more details.
10928
10929 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10930
10931 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10932 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10933
10934 See `find-function' for more details.
10935
10936 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10937
10938 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10939 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10940
10941 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10942 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10943 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10944
10945 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10946 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10947
10948 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10949
10950 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10951 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10952
10953 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10954 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10955 places point before the definition.
10956
10957 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10958
10959 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10960 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10961 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10962
10963 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10964
10965 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10966 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10967
10968 See `find-variable' for more details.
10969
10970 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10971
10972 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10973 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10974
10975 See `find-variable' for more details.
10976
10977 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10978
10979 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10980 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10981 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10982 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10983 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10984 buffer nor display it.
10985
10986 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10987 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10988
10989 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10990
10991 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10992 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10993
10994 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10995 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10996 places point before the definition.
10997
10998 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10999
11000 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11001 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11002 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11003
11004 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11005
11006 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11007 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11008 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11009
11010 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11011
11012 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11013 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11014
11015 \(fn)" t nil)
11016
11017 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11018 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11019
11020 \(fn)" t nil)
11021
11022 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11023 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11024
11025 \(fn)" nil nil)
11026
11027 ;;;***
11028 \f
11029 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11030 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20707 18685
11031 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11033
11034 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11035 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11036
11037 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11038
11039 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11040 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11041
11042 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11045 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11046
11047 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11048
11049 ;;;***
11050 \f
11051 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11052 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11053 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11054
11055 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11056 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11057
11058 \(fn)" t nil)
11059
11060 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11061 Display FILE's commentary section.
11062 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11063
11064 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11065
11066 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11067 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11068
11069 \(fn)" t nil)
11070
11071 ;;;***
11072 \f
11073 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11074 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11075 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11076
11077 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11078 Toggle flow control handling.
11079 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11080 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11081
11082 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11083
11084 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11085 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11086 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11087 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11088 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11089 to get the effect of a C-q.
11090
11091 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11092
11093 ;;;***
11094 \f
11095 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11096 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11098
11099 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11100
11101
11102 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11103
11104 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11105
11106
11107 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11108
11109 ;;;***
11110 \f
11111 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11112 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20707 18685
11113 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11115
11116 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11117 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11119 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11120 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11121
11122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11123
11124 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11125 Turn flymake mode on.
11126
11127 \(fn)" nil nil)
11128
11129 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11130 Turn flymake mode off.
11131
11132 \(fn)" nil nil)
11133
11134 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11135
11136
11137 \(fn)" nil nil)
11138
11139 ;;;***
11140 \f
11141 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11142 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11143 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11145
11146 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11147 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11148
11149 \(fn)" t nil)
11150 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11151
11152 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11153 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11155 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11156 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11157
11158 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11159 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11160 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11161
11162 Bindings:
11163 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11164 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11165 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11166 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11167
11168 Hooks:
11169 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11170
11171 Remark:
11172 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11173 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11174 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11175
11176 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11177 consider adding:
11178 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11179 in your init file.
11180
11181 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11182 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11183
11184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11185
11186 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11187 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11188
11189 \(fn)" nil nil)
11190
11191 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11192 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11193
11194 \(fn)" nil nil)
11195
11196 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11197 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11198
11199 \(fn)" nil nil)
11200
11201 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11202 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11203
11204 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11205
11206 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11207 Flyspell whole buffer.
11208
11209 \(fn)" t nil)
11210
11211 ;;;***
11212 \f
11213 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11214 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11215 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11216 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11217
11218 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11219 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11220
11221 \(fn)" nil nil)
11222
11223 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11224 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11225
11226 \(fn)" nil nil)
11227
11228 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11229 Toggle Follow mode.
11230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11231 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11232 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11233
11234 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11235 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11236
11237 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11238 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11239 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11240
11241 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11242 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11243 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11244 movement commands.
11245
11246 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11247 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11248 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11249 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11250 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11251 mileage may vary).
11252
11253 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11254 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11255
11256 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11257
11258 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11259
11260 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11261 \\{follow-mode-map}
11262
11263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11264
11265 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11266 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11267
11268 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11269 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11270 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11271 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11272 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11273 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11274
11275 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11276 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11277 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11278
11279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11280
11281 ;;;***
11282 \f
11283 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20707
11284 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
11285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11286
11287 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11288 Toggle Footnote mode.
11289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11290 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11291 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11292
11293 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11294 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11295 play around with the following keys:
11296 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11297
11298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11299
11300 ;;;***
11301 \f
11302 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11303 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11304 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11305
11306 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11307 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11308
11309 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11310 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11311 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11312 C-c < forms-first-record <
11313 C-c > forms-last-record >
11314 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11315 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11316 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11317 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11318 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11319 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11320 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11321 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11322 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11323 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11324
11325 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11326
11327 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11328 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11329
11330 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11331
11332 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11333 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11334
11335 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11336
11337 ;;;***
11338 \f
11339 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11340 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11341 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11342
11343 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11344 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11345 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11346
11347 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11348 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11349
11350 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11351
11352 Key definitions:
11353 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11354
11355 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11356
11357 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11358 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11359 `fortran-do-indent'
11360 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11361 `fortran-if-indent'
11362 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11363 `fortran-structure-indent'
11364 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11365 (default 3)
11366 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11367 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11368 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11369 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11370 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11371 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11372 nil don't change the indentation
11373 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11374 value of either
11375 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11376 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11377 depending on the continuation format in use.
11378 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11379 indentation for a line of code.
11380 (default 'fixed)
11381 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11382 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11383 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11384 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11385 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11386 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11387 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11388 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11389 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11390 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11391 column 5.
11392 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11393 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11394 statements (default nil).
11395 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11396 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11397 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11398 `fortran-continuation-string'
11399 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11400 line (default \"$\").
11401 `fortran-comment-region'
11402 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11403 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11404 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11405 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11406 as typed (default t).
11407 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11408 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11409
11410 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11411 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11412
11413 \(fn)" t nil)
11414
11415 ;;;***
11416 \f
11417 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11418 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20707 18685
11419 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11420 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11421
11422 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11423 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11424
11425 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11426 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11427
11428 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11431 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11432
11433 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11434 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11435
11436 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11437
11438 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11439 Compile fortune file.
11440
11441 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11442 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11443
11444 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11445
11446 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11447 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11448
11449 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11450 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11451 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11452 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11453
11454 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11455
11456 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11457 Display a fortune cookie.
11458 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11459 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11460 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11461 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11462
11463 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11464
11465 ;;;***
11466 \f
11467 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11468 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11470
11471 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11472 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11473 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11474
11475 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11476
11477 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11478 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11479 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11480 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11481 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11482 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11483 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11484
11485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11486
11487 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11488 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11489 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11490 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11491
11492 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11493 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11494 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11495 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11496 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11497
11498 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11499 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11500 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11501 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11502
11503 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11504 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11505 shown in some of the buffers.
11506
11507 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11508
11509 The following commands help control operation :
11510
11511 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11512 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11513
11514 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11515 detailed description of this mode.
11516
11517
11518 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11519 | GDB Toolbar |
11520 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11521 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11522 | | |
11523 | | |
11524 | | |
11525 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11526 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11527 | | (comint-mode) |
11528 | | |
11529 | | |
11530 | | |
11531 | | |
11532 | | |
11533 | | |
11534 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11535 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11536 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11537 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11538 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11539 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11540
11541 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11542
11543 ;;;***
11544 \f
11545 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11546 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20707
11547 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
11548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11549
11550 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11551 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11552 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11553 instead (which see).")
11554
11555 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11556 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11557
11558 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11559 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11560 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11561 documentation string instead.
11562
11563 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11564 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11565 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11566 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11567 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11568 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11569 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11570 enders are actually possible.
11571
11572 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11573 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11574
11575 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11576 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11577 `font-lock-keywords'.
11578
11579 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11580 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11581 runs the macro expansion.
11582
11583 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11584 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11585 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11586
11587 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11588
11589 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11590
11591 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11592
11593 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11594
11595 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11596 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11597
11598 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11599
11600 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11601 Enter generic mode MODE.
11602
11603 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11604 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11605 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11606
11607 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11608 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11609
11610 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11611
11612 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11613 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11614 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11615 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11616 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11617 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11618 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11619 `font-lock-keywords'.
11620
11621 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11622
11623 ;;;***
11624 \f
11625 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11626 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11628
11629 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11630 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11632 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11633 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11634 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11635
11636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11637
11638 ;;;***
11639 \f
11640 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11641 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11642 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11644
11645 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11646 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11647 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11648
11649 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11650
11651 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11652 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11653
11654 Guideline for numbers:
11655 1 - error messages
11656 3 - non-serious error messages
11657 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11658 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11659 9 - messages inside loops.
11660
11661 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11664 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11665 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11666
11667 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11668
11669 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11670 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11671
11672 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11673
11674 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11675 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11676
11677 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11678 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11679 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11680 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11681 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11682 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11683
11684 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11685 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11686 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11687 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11688 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11689
11690 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11691
11692 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11693
11694 ;;;***
11695 \f
11696 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11697 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20707 18685
11698 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
11699 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11700 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11701 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11702
11703 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11704 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11705
11706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11707
11708 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11709 Read network news.
11710 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11711 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11712 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11713 name of an NNTP server to use.
11714 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11715 server.
11716
11717 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11718
11719 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11720 Read news as a slave.
11721
11722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11723
11724 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11725 Pop up a frame to read news.
11726 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11727 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11728 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11729 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11730 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11731 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11732 current display is used.
11733
11734 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11737 Read network news.
11738 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11739 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11740 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11741
11742 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11743
11744 ;;;***
11745 \f
11746 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11747 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11748 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11749 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11750 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11751 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11755 Start Gnus unplugged.
11756
11757 \(fn)" t nil)
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11760 Start Gnus plugged.
11761
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11765 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11766
11767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11770 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11771
11772 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11773 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11774 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11775
11776 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11777 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11778 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11779
11780 \(fn)" t nil)
11781
11782 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11783 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11784
11785 \(fn)" nil nil)
11786
11787 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11788 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11789 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11790 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11791 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11792 supported.
11793
11794 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11798 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11801 supported.
11802
11803 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11804
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11806 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11807
11808 \(fn)" nil nil)
11809
11810 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11811 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11812 downloaded into the agent.
11813
11814 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11815
11816 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11817 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11818 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11819 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11820
11821 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11825
11826 \(fn)" t nil)
11827
11828 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11829 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11830
11831 \(fn)" t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11834 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11835 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11836
11837 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11838
11839 ;;;***
11840 \f
11841 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11842 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11844
11845 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11846 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11847
11848 \(fn)" nil nil)
11849
11850 ;;;***
11851 \f
11852 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11853 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20707 18685 911514
11854 ;;;;;; 0))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11856
11857 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11858 Set a bookmark for this article.
11859
11860 \(fn)" t nil)
11861
11862 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11863 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11864
11865 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11866
11867 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11868 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11869 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11870 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11871 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11872
11873 \(fn)" t nil)
11874
11875 ;;;***
11876 \f
11877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11878 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11879 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20707
11880 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11882
11883 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11884 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11885
11886 Usage:
11887 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11888
11889 \(fn)" t nil)
11890
11891 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11892 Generate the cache active file.
11893
11894 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11895
11896 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11897 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11898
11899 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11900
11901 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11902 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11903 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11904 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11905 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11906 supported.
11907
11908 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11909
11910 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11911 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11912 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11913 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11914 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11915 supported.
11916
11917 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11918
11919 ;;;***
11920 \f
11921 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11922 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11924
11925 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11926 Delay this article by some time.
11927 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11928
11929 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11930 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11931
11932 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11933 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11934
11935 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11936 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11937
11938 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11939
11940 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11941 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11942
11943 \(fn)" t nil)
11944
11945 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11946 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11947 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11948 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11949
11950 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11951 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11952
11953 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11954
11955 ;;;***
11956 \f
11957 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11958 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
11959 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11960
11961 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11962
11963
11964 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11965
11966 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11967
11968
11969 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11970
11971 ;;;***
11972 \f
11973 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11974 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11976
11977 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11978 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11979
11980 \(fn)" t nil)
11981
11982 ;;;***
11983 \f
11984 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11985 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
11986 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11987
11988 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11989 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11990
11991 \(fn)" t nil)
11992
11993 ;;;***
11994 \f
11995 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11996 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11997 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20707
11998 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12000
12001 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12002 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12003
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12005
12006 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12007 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12008
12009 \(fn)" t nil)
12010
12011 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12012 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12013
12014 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12015 different input formats.
12016
12017 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12018
12019 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12020 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12021
12022 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12023 different input formats.
12024
12025 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12026
12027 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12028 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12029 The PNG is returned as a string.
12030
12031 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12032
12033 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12034 Convert FILE to a Face.
12035 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12036 726 bytes.
12037
12038 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12039
12040 ;;;***
12041 \f
12042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12043 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20707 18685 911514
12044 ;;;;;; 0))
12045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12046
12047 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12048 Display gravatar in the From header.
12049 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12050
12051 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12052
12053 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12054 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12055 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12056
12057 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12058
12059 ;;;***
12060 \f
12061 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12062 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12064
12065 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12066 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12067 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12068 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12069
12070 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12071
12072 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12073 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12074
12075 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12076
12077 ;;;***
12078 \f
12079 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12080 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12081 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12082
12083 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12084
12085
12086 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12087
12088 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12089
12090
12091 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12092
12093 ;;;***
12094 \f
12095 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12096 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12097 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12098
12099 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12100
12101 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12102 Run batched scoring.
12103 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12104
12105 \(fn)" t nil)
12106
12107 ;;;***
12108 \f
12109 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12110 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12111 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12113
12114 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12115
12116
12117 \(fn)" nil nil)
12118
12119 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12120 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12121 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12122
12123 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12124
12125 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12126 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12127
12128 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12129
12130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12131
12132 ;;;***
12133 \f
12134 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12135 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12136 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12138
12139 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12140 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12141 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12142 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12143 group parameters.
12144
12145 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12146 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12147 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12148 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12149
12150 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12151 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12152 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12153 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12154 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12155 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12156 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12157 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12158 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12159 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12160
12161 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12162
12163 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12164 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12165 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12166 nil CATCH-ALL).
12167
12168 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12169 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12170
12171 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12172
12173 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12174 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12175 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12176
12177 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12178
12179 \(fn)" nil nil)
12180
12181 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12182 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12183 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12184
12185 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12186
12187 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12188 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12189 existing groups are considered.
12190
12191 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12192 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12193 returned.
12194
12195 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12196 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12197 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12198 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12199 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12200 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12201 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12202 clauses will be generated.
12203
12204 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12205 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12206 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12207 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12208 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12209 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12210
12211 For example, given the following group parameters:
12212
12213 nnml:mail.bar:
12214 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12215 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12216 nnml:mail.foo:
12217 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12218 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12219 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12220 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12221 nnml:mail.others:
12222 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12223
12224 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12225
12226 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12227 \"mail.bar\")
12228 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12229 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12230 \"mail.others\")
12231
12232 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12233
12234 ;;;***
12235 \f
12236 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12237 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12239
12240 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12241 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12242 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12243 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12244 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12245 instead.
12246
12247 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12248
12249 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12250 Mail to ADDRESS.
12251
12252 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12253
12254 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12255 Like `message-reply'.
12256
12257 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12258
12259 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12260
12261 ;;;***
12262 \f
12263 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12264 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12266
12267 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12268 Send a notification on new message.
12269 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12270 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12271 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12272
12273 This is typically a function to add in
12274 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12275
12276 \(fn)" nil nil)
12277
12278 ;;;***
12279 \f
12280 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12281 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12282 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12284
12285 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12286 Display picons in the From header.
12287 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12288
12289 \(fn)" t nil)
12290
12291 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12292 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12293 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12294
12295 \(fn)" t nil)
12296
12297 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12298 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12299 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12300
12301 \(fn)" t nil)
12302
12303 ;;;***
12304 \f
12305 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12306 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12307 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12308 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12309 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12310 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12311
12312 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12313 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12314 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12315 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12316
12317 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12318
12319 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12320 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12321 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12322 LIST1 is modified.
12323
12324 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12325
12326 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12327 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12328 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12329
12330 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12331
12332 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12333
12334
12335 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12336
12337 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12338 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12339 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12340
12341 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12342
12343 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12344 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12345 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12346
12347 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12348
12349 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12350
12351 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12352 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12354
12355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12356
12357 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12358 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12359 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12360
12361 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12362
12363 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12364 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12365 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12366
12367 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12368
12369 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12370 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12371
12372 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12373
12374 ;;;***
12375 \f
12376 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12377 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20707 18685 911514
12378 ;;;;;; 0))
12379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12380
12381 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12382 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12383
12384 \(fn)" t nil)
12385
12386 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12387 Install the registry hooks.
12388
12389 \(fn)" t nil)
12390
12391 ;;;***
12392 \f
12393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12394 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20707
12395 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
12396 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12397
12398 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12399 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12400 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12401 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12402 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12403 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12404
12405 \(fn)" t nil)
12406
12407 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12408 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12409 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12410 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12411 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12412
12413 \(fn)" t nil)
12414
12415 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12416
12417
12418 \(fn)" t nil)
12419
12420 ;;;***
12421 \f
12422 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12423 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12425
12426 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12427 Update the format specification near point.
12428
12429 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12430
12431 ;;;***
12432 \f
12433 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12434 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12436
12437 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12438 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12439
12440 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12441
12442 ;;;***
12443 \f
12444 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12445 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12447
12448 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12449 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12450 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12451
12452 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12453
12454 ;;;***
12455 \f
12456 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12457 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12459
12460 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12461 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12462
12463 \(fn)" t nil)
12464
12465 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12466 Install the sync hooks.
12467
12468 \(fn)" t nil)
12469
12470 ;;;***
12471 \f
12472 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12473 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12475
12476 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12477 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12478
12479 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12480
12481 ;;;***
12482 \f
12483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12484 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
12485 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12486
12487 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12488 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12489 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12490 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12491 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12492 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12493
12494 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12495
12496 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12497
12498 ;;;***
12499 \f
12500 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20707 18685
12501 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
12502 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12503
12504 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12505 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12506
12507 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12508 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12509 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12510
12511 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12512 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12513 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12514
12515 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12516 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12517
12518 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12519 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12520
12521 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12522
12523 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12524
12525 ;;;***
12526 \f
12527 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12528 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20707
12529 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
12530 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12531
12532 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12533
12534 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12535 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12536 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12537 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12538 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12539
12540 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12541
12542 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12543 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12544 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12545 or to send e-mail.
12546 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12547 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12548
12549 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12550 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12551
12552 \(fn)" t nil)
12553 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12554
12555 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12556 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12558 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12559 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12560
12561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12562
12563 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12564 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12565
12566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12567
12568 ;;;***
12569 \f
12570 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12571 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12572 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12573
12574 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12575 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12576 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12577
12578 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12579
12580 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12581 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12582
12583 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12584
12585 ;;;***
12586 \f
12587 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12588 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12589 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20707 18685
12590 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
12591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12592
12593 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12594 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12595
12596 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12597
12598 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12599 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12600 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12601 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12602 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12603
12604 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12605 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12606 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12607
12608 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12609
12610 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12611 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12612 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12613 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12614 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12615
12616 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12617
12618 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12619 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12620
12621 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12622
12623 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12624 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12625
12626 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12627 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12628 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12629
12630 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12631 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12632 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12633
12634 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12635 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12636 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12637 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12638
12639 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12640 How to invoke find and grep.
12641 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12642 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12643 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12644 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12645
12646 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12647
12648 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12649 History list for grep.")
12650
12651 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12652 History list for grep-find.")
12653
12654 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12655 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12656 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12657
12658 \(fn)" nil nil)
12659
12660 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12661
12662
12663 \(fn)" nil nil)
12664
12665 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12666 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12667
12668 \(fn)" nil nil)
12669
12670 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12671 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12672 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12673 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12674 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12675
12676 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12677 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12678
12679 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12680 can easily repeat a grep command.
12681
12682 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12683 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12684 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12685 list is empty).
12686
12687 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12688
12689 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12690 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12691 Collect output in a buffer.
12692 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12693 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12694
12695 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12696 easily repeat a find command.
12697
12698 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12699
12700 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12701
12702 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12703 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12704 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12705 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12706 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12707
12708 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12709 before it is executed.
12710 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12711
12712 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12713 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12714 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12715
12716 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12717
12718 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12719
12720 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12721 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12722 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12723 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12724 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12725
12726 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12727 before it is executed.
12728 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12729
12730 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12731 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12732 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12733 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12734
12735 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12736
12737 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12738 to specify a command to run.
12739
12740 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12741
12742 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12743 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12744 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12745 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12746
12747 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12748
12749 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12750
12751 ;;;***
12752 \f
12753 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20707 18685 911514
12754 ;;;;;; 0))
12755 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12756
12757 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12758 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12759 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12760 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12761 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12762
12763 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12764
12765 ;;;***
12766 \f
12767 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12768 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20712 38790
12769 ;;;;;; 413794 0))
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12771
12772 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12773 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12774 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12775 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12776
12777 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12778
12779 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12780 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12781 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12782 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12783
12784 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12785
12786 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12787 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12788 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12789 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12790
12791 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12792
12793 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12794 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12795 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12796 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12797
12798 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12799 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12800
12801 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12802
12803 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12804 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12805 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12806 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12807
12808 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12809
12810 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12811 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12812 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12813 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12814
12815 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12816
12817 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12818 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12819 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12820 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12821 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12822
12823 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12824 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12825 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12826 original source file access method.
12827
12828 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12829 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12830
12831 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12834 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12835
12836 \(fn)" t nil)
12837
12838 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12839 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12840 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12843 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12844
12845 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12846
12847 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12848 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12851 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12852
12853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12854
12855 ;;;***
12856 \f
12857 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12858 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12859 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
12860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12861
12862 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12863 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12864 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12865 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12866 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12867 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12868 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12869 set it to.
12870 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12871
12872 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12873
12874 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12875 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12876 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12877 of PLACE.
12878 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12879 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12880 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12881 and SETTER.
12882 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12883 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12884
12885 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12886
12887 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12888
12889 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12890 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12891 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12892 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12893 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12894
12895 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12896
12897 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12898
12899 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12900
12901
12902 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12903
12904 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12905
12906 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12907
12908 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12909 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12910 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12911 well for simple place forms.
12912 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12913 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12914 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12915 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12916 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12917 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12918 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12919
12920 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12921
12922 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12923
12924 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12925 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12926 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12927 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12928 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12929
12930 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12931 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12932 (let ((temp VAL))
12933 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12934 temp)
12935 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12936
12937 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12938
12939 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12940 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12941 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12942 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12943 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12944 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12945
12946 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12947
12948 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12949
12950 ;;;***
12951 \f
12952 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20707
12953 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
12954 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12955
12956 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12957 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12958 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12959 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12960
12961 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12962 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12963 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12964 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12965
12966 \(fn)" t nil)
12967
12968 ;;;***
12969 \f
12970 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12971 ;;;;;; (20627 28531 447943 0))
12972 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12973
12974 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12975 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12976
12977 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12978
12979 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12980 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12981 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12982 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12983
12984 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12985
12986 \(fn)" t nil)
12987
12988 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12989 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12990 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12991 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12992 to be updated.
12993
12994 \(fn)" t nil)
12995
12996 ;;;***
12997 \f
12998 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12999 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13000 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13002
13003 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13004 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13005
13006 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13009 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13010 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13011
13012 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13013
13014 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13015 Verify a hashcash payment
13016
13017 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13018
13019 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13020 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13021 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13022 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13023 `mail-add-payment-async').
13024
13025 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13026
13027 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13028 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13029 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13030 Calculation is asynchronous.
13031
13032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13033
13034 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13035 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13036 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13037
13038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13039
13040 ;;;***
13041 \f
13042 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13043 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13044 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13045 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20707 18685
13046 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
13047 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13048
13049 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13050 Return the help-echo string at point.
13051 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13052 property, or nil, is returned.
13053 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13054 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13055 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13056
13057 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13058
13059 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13060 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13061 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13062 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13063 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13064
13065 \(fn)" nil nil)
13066
13067 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13068 Display local help in the echo area.
13069 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13070 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13071 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13072 printed instead.
13073
13074 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13075 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13076 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13077
13078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13079
13080 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13081 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13082 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13083
13084 \(fn)" t nil)
13085
13086 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13087 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13088 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13089
13090 \(fn)" t nil)
13091
13092 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13093 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13094 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13095 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13096 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13097 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13098 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13099 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13100 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13101 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13102 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13103
13104 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13105 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13106 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13107 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13108 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13109
13110 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13111 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13112 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13113 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13114 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13115 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13116 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13117 The default is `never'.")
13118
13119 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13120
13121 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13122 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13123 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13124 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13125 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13126 considered different regions.
13127
13128 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13129 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13130 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13131 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13132 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13133 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13134 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13135 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13136 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13137
13138 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13139
13140 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13141 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13142 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13143 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13144 different regions.
13145
13146 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13147 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13148 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13149 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13150 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13151 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13152 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13153 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13154
13155 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13156 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13157 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13158 rarely happens in practice.
13159
13160 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13161
13162 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13163 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13164 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13165 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13166 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13167 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13168
13169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13170
13171 ;;;***
13172 \f
13173 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13174 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13175 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13176 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13177 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13178
13179 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13180 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13181
13182 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13183
13184 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13185 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13186 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13187
13188 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13189
13190 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13191 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13192 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13193 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13194 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13195 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13196 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13197 search for a function definition.
13198
13199 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13200 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13201 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13202 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13203 suitable file is found, return nil.
13204
13205 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13206
13207 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13208
13209
13210 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13211
13212 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13213 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13214 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13215 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13216
13217 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13218
13219 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13220 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13221 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13222 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13223 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13224 it is displayed along with the global value.
13225
13226 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13227
13228 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13229 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13230 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13231 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13232
13233 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13234
13235 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13236 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13237 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13238 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13239 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13240
13241 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13242
13243 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13244 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13245
13246 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13247
13248 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13249 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13250
13251 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13252
13253 ;;;***
13254 \f
13255 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13256 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13257 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13258
13259 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13260 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13261 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13262 window listing and describing the options.
13263 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13264 gives the window that lists the options.")
13265
13266 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13267
13268 ;;;***
13269 \f
13270 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13271 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13272 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13273 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13274 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13275
13276 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13277 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13278 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13279 Commands:
13280 \\{help-mode-map}
13281
13282 \(fn)" t nil)
13283
13284 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13285
13286
13287 \(fn)" nil nil)
13288
13289 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13290
13291
13292 \(fn)" nil nil)
13293
13294 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13295 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13296
13297 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13298 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13299 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13300 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13301
13302 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13303 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13304 restore it properly when going back.
13305
13306 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13309 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13310 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13311 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13312 from `help-mode'.
13313 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13314 it does not already exist.
13315
13316 \(fn)" nil nil)
13317
13318 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13319 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13320
13321 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13322 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13323 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13324 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13325 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13326 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13327 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13328 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13329
13330 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13331 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13332 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13333 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13334
13335 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13336 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13337 that.
13338
13339 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13340
13341 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13342 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13343 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13344 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13345 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13346 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13347
13348 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13349
13350 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13351 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13352 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13353 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13354 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13355
13356 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13357
13358 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13359 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13360
13361 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13362
13363 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13364 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13365 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13366 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13367
13368 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13369
13370 ;;;***
13371 \f
13372 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13373 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13375
13376 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13377 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13378
13379 \(fn)" t nil)
13380
13381 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13382 Provide help for current mode.
13383
13384 \(fn)" t nil)
13385
13386 ;;;***
13387 \f
13388 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13389 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13390 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13391
13392 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13393 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13394 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13395 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13396 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13397
13398 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13399 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13400
13401 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13402 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13403 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13404 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13405
13406 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13407 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13408 periods.
13409
13410 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13411 in hexl format.
13412
13413 A sample format:
13414
13415 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13416 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13417 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13418 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13419 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13420 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13421 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13422 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13423 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13424 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13425 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13426 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13427 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13428 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13429 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13430
13431 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13432 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13433 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13434
13435 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13436 also supported.
13437
13438 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13439
13440 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13441 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13442 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13443
13444 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13445 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13446 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13447
13448 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13449 into the buffer at the current point.
13450
13451 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13452 into the buffer at the current point.
13453
13454 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13455 into the buffer at the current point.
13456
13457 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13458
13459 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13460 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13461
13462 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13463
13464 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13465
13466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13467
13468 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13469 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13470 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13471 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13472
13473 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13474
13475 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13476 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13477 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13478
13479 \(fn)" t nil)
13480
13481 ;;;***
13482 \f
13483 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13484 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13485 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13486 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13487 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13488
13489 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13490 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13492 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13493 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13494
13495 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13496 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13497 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13498 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13499
13500 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13501 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13502 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13503 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13504
13505 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13506 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13507 which can be called interactively, are:
13508
13509 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13510 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13511
13512 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13513 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13514 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13515 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13516
13517 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13518 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13519
13520 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13521 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13522
13523 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13524 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13525 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13526 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13527 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13528 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13529 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13530 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13531 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13532 function returns t.
13533
13534 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13535 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13536
13537 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13538 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13539 form:
13540 Hi-lock: FOO
13541
13542 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13543 position (number of characters into buffer)
13544 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13545 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13546 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13547
13548 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13549
13550 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13551 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13552 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13554 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13555 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13556
13557 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13558
13559 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13560 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13561 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13562 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13563 ARG is omitted or nil.
13564
13565 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13566 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13567 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13568
13569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13570
13571 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13572
13573 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13574 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13575 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13576 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13577
13578 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13579 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13580 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13581 updated as you type.
13582
13583 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13584
13585 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13586
13587 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13588 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13589 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13590 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13591
13592 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13593 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13594 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13595 updated as you type.
13596
13597 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13598
13599 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13600
13601 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13602 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13603 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13604 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13605
13606 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13607 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13608 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13609 updated as you type.
13610
13611 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13612
13613 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13614
13615 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13616 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13617 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13618 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13619
13620 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13621
13622 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13623 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13624
13625 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13626 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13627 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13628
13629 \(fn)" t nil)
13630
13631 ;;;***
13632 \f
13633 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13634 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13636
13637 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13638 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13641 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13642
13643 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13644 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13645 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13646 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13647
13648 `hide-ifdef-env'
13649 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13650 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13651 is used.
13652
13653 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13654 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13655 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13656 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13657 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13658
13659 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13660 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13661 #endif lines when hiding.
13662
13663 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13664 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13665 is activated.
13666
13667 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13668 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13669 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13670
13671 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13672
13673 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13674
13675 ;;;***
13676 \f
13677 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13678 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13680
13681 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13682 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13683 Each element has the form
13684 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13685
13686 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13687 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13688
13689 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13690 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13691
13692 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13693 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13694 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13695 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13696 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13697 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13698
13699 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13700 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13701
13702 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13703 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13704
13705 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13706 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13707 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13708
13709 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13710 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13712 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13713 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13714
13715 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13716 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13717 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13718
13719 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13720 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13721 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13722
13723 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13724 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13725
13726 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13727
13728 Key bindings:
13729 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13730
13731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13732
13733 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13734 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13735
13736 \(fn)" nil nil)
13737
13738 ;;;***
13739 \f
13740 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13741 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13742 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13743 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13744 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20707
13745 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13747
13748 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13749 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13750 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13751 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13752 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13753
13754 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13755 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13756 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13757 this on and off.
13758
13759 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13760 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13761 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13762 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13763 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13764 through various faces.
13765 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13766 buffer with the contents of a file
13767 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13768
13769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13770
13771 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13772 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13773 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13774 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13775 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13776
13777 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13778 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13779 in a distinctive face.
13780
13781 The default value can be customized with variable
13782 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13783
13784 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13785
13786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13787
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13790 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13791
13792 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13793
13794 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13795 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13796
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13800 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13801
13802 \(fn)" t nil)
13803
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13805 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13806
13807 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13808 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13809 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13810 shown in the last face in the list.
13811
13812 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13813 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13814 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13815
13816 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13817
13818 \(fn)" t nil)
13819
13820 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13821 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13822
13823 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13824
13825 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13826 to save the file.
13827
13828 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13829 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13830
13831 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13832 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13833 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13834
13835 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13839
13840 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13841 this function is called interactively.
13842
13843 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13844 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13845 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13846
13847 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13848 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13849 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13850
13851 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13852
13853 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13854 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13855 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13857 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13858 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13859
13860 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13861
13862 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13863 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13864 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13865 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13866 ARG is omitted or nil.
13867
13868 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13869 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13870 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13871
13872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13873
13874 ;;;***
13875 \f
13876 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-try-functions-list)
13877 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13878 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13879
13880 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13881 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13882 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13883 or insert functions in this list.")
13884
13885 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13886
13887 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13888 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13889 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13890 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13891 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13892 expansions.
13893 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13894 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13895 undoes the expansion.
13896
13897 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13898
13899 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13900 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13901 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13902 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13903
13904 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13905
13906 ;;;***
13907 \f
13908 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13909 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
13910 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13911
13912 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13913 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13915 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13916 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13917
13918 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13919 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13920 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13921 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13922 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13923 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13924
13925 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13926 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13927 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13928 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13929
13930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13931
13932 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13933 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13934 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13937 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13938
13939 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13940
13941 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13942 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13944 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13945 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13946
13947 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13948 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13949 windows.
13950
13951 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13952 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13953
13954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13955
13956 ;;;***
13957 \f
13958 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13959 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13960 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13961 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13962 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
13963 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13964
13965 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13966
13967 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13968 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13969 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13970
13971 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13972
13973 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13974
13975 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13976
13977 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13978 Oriental holidays.
13979 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13980
13981 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13982
13983 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13984
13985 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13986
13987 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13988 Local holidays.
13989 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13990
13991 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13992
13993 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13994
13995 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13996
13997 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13998 User defined holidays.
13999 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14000
14001 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14002
14003 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14004
14005 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14006 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14007
14008 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14009
14010 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14011 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14012
14013 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14014
14015 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14016 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14017
14018 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14019
14020 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14021 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14022
14023 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14024
14025 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14026
14027 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14028 Jewish holidays.
14029 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14030
14031 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14032
14033 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14034
14035 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14036
14037 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14038 Christian holidays.
14039 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14040
14041 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14042
14043 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14044
14045 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14046
14047 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14048 Islamic holidays.
14049 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14050
14051 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14052
14053 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14054
14055 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14056
14057 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14058 Bahá'í holidays.
14059 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14060
14061 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14062
14063 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14064
14065 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14066
14067 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14068 Sun-related holidays.
14069 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14070
14071 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14072
14073 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14074
14075 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14076
14077 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14078 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14079 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14080 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14081
14082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14083
14084 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14085 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14086 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14087 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14088 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14089
14090 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14091 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14092
14093 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14094 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14095
14096 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14097 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14098 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14099 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14100 of a holiday list.
14101
14102 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14103
14104 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14105
14106 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14107
14108 ;;;***
14109 \f
14110 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20707
14111 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14113
14114 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14115 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14116
14117 \(fn)" t nil)
14118
14119 ;;;***
14120 \f
14121 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14122 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14123 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14124
14125 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14126 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14127 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14128 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14129 as possible.
14130
14131 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14132 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14133 fontified display.
14134
14135 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14136 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14137
14138 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14139 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14140 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14141
14142 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14143
14144 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14145 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14146 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14147
14148 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14149
14150 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14151
14152 ;;;***
14153 \f
14154 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14155 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20707
14156 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14157 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14158
14159 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14160 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14161
14162 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14163 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14164 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14165
14166 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14167 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14168 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14169 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14170 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14171 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14172
14173 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14174 title of the column.
14175
14176 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14177 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14178 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14179 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14180 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14181
14182 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14183
14184 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14185 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14186 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14187 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14188 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14189
14190 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14191 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14192 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14193
14194 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14195
14196 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14197 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14198 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14199 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14200 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14201 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14202
14203 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14204 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14205 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14206 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14207 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14208 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14209 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14210 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14211 values are:
14212 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14213 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14214 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14215 buffer's modification flag.
14216 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14217 prompted before performing this operation.
14218 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14219 operation is complete, in the form:
14220 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14221 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14222 confirmation message, in the form:
14223 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14224 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14225 macro for exactly what it does.
14226
14227 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14228
14229 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14230 Define a filter named NAME.
14231 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14232 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14233 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14234
14235 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14236 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14237 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14238 bound to the current value of the filter.
14239
14240 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14241
14242 ;;;***
14243 \f
14244 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14245 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14246 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14247
14248 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14249 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14250 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14251 buffers which are visiting a file.
14252
14253 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14254
14255 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14256 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14257 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14258 buffers which are visiting a file.
14259
14260 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14261
14262 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14263 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14264 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14265
14266 All arguments are optional.
14267 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14268 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14269 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14270 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14271 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14272 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14273 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14274 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14275 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14276 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14277 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14278 that value locally in this buffer.
14279
14280 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14281
14282 ;;;***
14283 \f
14284 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14285 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14286 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14288
14289 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14290 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14291 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14292 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14293
14294 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14295
14296 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14297 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14298 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14299 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14300 ICAL-FILENAME.
14301 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14302 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14303 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14304
14305 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14306
14307 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14308 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14309 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14310 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14311 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14312 non-marking or not.
14313
14314 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14315
14316 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14317 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14318
14319 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14320 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14321 DIARY-FILE.
14322
14323 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14324 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14325 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14326
14327 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14328 non-marking.
14329
14330 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14331 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14332 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14333
14334 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14335
14336 ;;;***
14337 \f
14338 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20707
14339 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14340 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14341
14342 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14343 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14344 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14346 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14347 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14348
14349 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14350
14351 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14352 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14354 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14355 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14356
14357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14358
14359 ;;;***
14360 \f
14361 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20707 18685
14362 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
14363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14364
14365 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14366 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14367 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14368 Tab indents for Icon code.
14369 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14370 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14371 \\{icon-mode-map}
14372 Variables controlling indentation style:
14373 icon-tab-always-indent
14374 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14375 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14376 icon-auto-newline
14377 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14378 inserted in Icon code.
14379 icon-indent-level
14380 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14381 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14382 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14383 icon-continued-statement-offset
14384 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14385 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14386 icon-continued-brace-offset
14387 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14388 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14389 icon-brace-offset
14390 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14391 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14392 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14393 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14394
14395 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14396 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14397
14398 \(fn)" t nil)
14399
14400 ;;;***
14401 \f
14402 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14403 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
14404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14405
14406 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14407 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14408 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14409 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14410
14411 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14412 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14413 separate frames.
14414
14415 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14416 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14417
14418 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14419 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14420 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14421
14422 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14423
14424 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14425
14426 ;;;***
14427 \f
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14429 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
14430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14431
14432 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14433 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14434
14435 The main features of this mode are
14436
14437 1. Indentation and Formatting
14438 --------------------------
14439 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14440 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14441
14442 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14443 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14444 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14445 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14446
14447 Comments are indented as follows:
14448
14449 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14450 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14451 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14452
14453 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14454
14455 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14456 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14457 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14458 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14459 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14460 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14461
14462 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14463 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14464 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14465 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14466
14467 2. Routine Info
14468 ------------
14469 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14470 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14471 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14472 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14473 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14474 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14475 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14476 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14477 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14478 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14479
14480 3. Online IDL Help
14481 ---------------
14482
14483 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14484 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14485 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14486 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14487
14488 4. Completion
14489 ----------
14490 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14491 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14492 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14493 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14494 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14495 upper case.
14496
14497 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14498 --------------------------------
14499 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14500 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14501
14502 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14503 \\fu FUNCTION template
14504 \\c CASE statement template
14505 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14506 \\f FOR loop template
14507 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14508 \\w WHILE loop template
14509 \\i IF statement template
14510 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14511 \\b BEGIN
14512
14513 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14514 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14515
14516 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14517 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14518 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14519 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14520
14521 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14522 -------------------------
14523 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14524 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14525
14526 7. Automatic END completion
14527 ------------------------
14528 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14529 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14530
14531 8. Hooks
14532 -----
14533 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14534 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14535
14536 9. Documentation and Customization
14537 -------------------------------
14538 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14539 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14540 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14541 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14542 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14543
14544 10.Keybindings
14545 -----------
14546 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14547 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14548 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14549
14550 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14551
14552 \(fn)" t nil)
14553
14554 ;;;***
14555 \f
14556 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14557 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14558 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14559 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14560 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14561 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14562 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14563 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20707
14564 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
14565 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14566
14567 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14568 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14569 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14570 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14571 displaying...)
14572 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14573 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14574 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14575
14576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14577 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14578
14579 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14580
14581 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14582 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14583 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14584 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14585 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14586 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14587 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14588 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14589 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14590
14591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14592
14593 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14594 Switch to another buffer.
14595 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14596 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14597 in another frame.
14598
14599 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14600 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14601 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14602 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14603 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14604
14605 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14606 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14607
14608 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14609
14610 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14611 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14612 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14613 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14614 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14615 in a separate window.
14616 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14617 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14618 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14619 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14620 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14621 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14622 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14623 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14624 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14625
14626 \(fn)" t nil)
14627
14628 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14629 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14630 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14631 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14632
14633 \(fn)" t nil)
14634
14635 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14636 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14637 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14638 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14639
14640 \(fn)" t nil)
14641
14642 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14643 Kill a buffer.
14644 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14645 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14646
14647 \(fn)" t nil)
14648
14649 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14650 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14651 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14652 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14653
14654 \(fn)" t nil)
14655
14656 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14657 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14658 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14659 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14660
14661 \(fn)" t nil)
14662
14663 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14664 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14665
14666 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14667
14668 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14669 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14670 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14671 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14672 visible in another frame.
14673
14674 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14675 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14676 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14677 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14678 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14679 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14680
14681 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14682 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14683
14684 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14685
14686 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14687 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14688 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14689 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14690 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14691 in a separate window.
14692 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14693 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14694 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14695 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14696 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14697 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14698 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14699 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14700 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14703 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14704 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14705 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14706 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14707
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14711 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14712 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14713 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14714
14715 \(fn)" t nil)
14716
14717 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14718 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14719 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14720 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14721
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14723
14724 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14725 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14726 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14727 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14728
14729 \(fn)" t nil)
14730
14731 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14732 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14733 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14734 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14735
14736 \(fn)" t nil)
14737
14738 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14739 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14740 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14741 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14742
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14744
14745 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14746 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14747 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14748 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14749
14750 \(fn)" t nil)
14751
14752 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14753 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14754 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14755 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14756
14757 \(fn)" t nil)
14758
14759 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14760 Write current buffer to a file.
14761 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14762 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14763
14764 \(fn)" t nil)
14765
14766 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14767 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14768 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14769 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14770
14771 \(fn)" t nil)
14772
14773 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14774 Call `dired' the ido way.
14775 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14776 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14777
14778 \(fn)" t nil)
14779
14780 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14781 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14782 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14783 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14784 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14785 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14786
14787 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14788
14789 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14790 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14791 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14792 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14793
14794 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14795
14796 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14797 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14798 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14799 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14800
14801 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14802
14803 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14804 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14805 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14806 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14807 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14808 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14809 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14810 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14811 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14812 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14813 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14814 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14815 with point positioned at the end.
14816 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14817 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14818
14819 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14820
14821 ;;;***
14822 \f
14823 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
14824 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14825
14826 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14827 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14828 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14829
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14831
14832 ;;;***
14833 \f
14834 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20707 18685
14835 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14837
14838 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14839
14840 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14841 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14842 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14843 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14844 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14845 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14846
14847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14848
14849 ;;;***
14850 \f
14851 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14852 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14853 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14854 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14855 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14856 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
14857 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14858
14859 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14860 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14861 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14862 be determined.
14863
14864 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14865
14866 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14867 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14868 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14869 be determined.
14870
14871 \(fn)" nil nil)
14872
14873 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14874 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14875 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14876 be determined.
14877
14878 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14879
14880 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14881 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14882 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14883 be determined.
14884
14885 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14886
14887 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14888 Determine and return image type.
14889 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14890 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14891 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14892 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14893 use its file extension as image type.
14894 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14895
14896 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14897
14898 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14899 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14900 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14901
14902 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14903
14904 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14905 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14906 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14907
14908 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14909 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14910 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14911 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14912 must be available.
14913
14914 \(fn)" nil nil)
14915
14916 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14917 Create an image.
14918 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14919 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14920 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14921 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14922 use its file extension as image type.
14923 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14924 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14925 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14926 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14927
14928 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14929
14930 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14931 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14932 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14933
14934 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14935
14936 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14937 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14938 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14939 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14940 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14941 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14942 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14943 POS may be an integer or marker.
14944 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14945 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14946 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14947 means display it in the right marginal area.
14948
14949 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14950
14951 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14952 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14953 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14954 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14955 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14956 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14957 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14958 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14959 means display it in the right marginal area.
14960 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14961 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14962 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14963 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14964 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14965
14966 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14967
14968 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14969 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14970 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14971 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
14972 STRING is a single space.
14973 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14974 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14975 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14976 means display it in the right marginal area.
14977 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14978
14979 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14982 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14983 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14984 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14985
14986 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14987
14988 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14989 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14990
14991 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14992
14993 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14994 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14995 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14996 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14997 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14998 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14999 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15000 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15001 satisfied.
15002
15003 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15004
15005 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15006
15007 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15008
15009 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15010 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15011
15012 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15013 documentation string.
15014
15015 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15016 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15017 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15018 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15019 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15020 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15021 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15022 define SYMBOL.
15023
15024 Example:
15025
15026 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15027 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15028
15029 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15030
15031 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15032
15033 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15034 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15035 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15036 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15037
15038 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15039 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15040 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15041 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15042
15043 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15044
15045 \(fn)" nil nil)
15046
15047 ;;;***
15048 \f
15049 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15050 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15051 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15052 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15053 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15054 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15055 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15056 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15057 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15058
15059 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15060 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15061 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15062 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15063 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15064 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15065
15066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15067
15068 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15069 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15070
15071 Convenience command that:
15072
15073 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15074 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15075 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15076
15077 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15078 image files in dired and type
15079 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15080
15081 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15082
15083 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15084 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15085
15086 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15087
15088 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15089 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15090 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15091 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15092 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15093 another one).
15094
15095 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15096 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15097 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15098
15099 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15100 instead of erasing it first.
15101
15102 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15103 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15104 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15105 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15106 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15107 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15108
15109 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15110
15111 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15112 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15113 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15114 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15115 displayed.
15116
15117 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15118
15119 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15120
15121 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15122
15123 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15124 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15125
15126 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15127
15128 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15129 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15130 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15131
15132 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15133
15134 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15135 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15136
15137 \(fn)" t nil)
15138
15139 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15140 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15141 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15142 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15143
15144 \(fn)" t nil)
15145
15146 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15147 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15148
15149 \(fn)" t nil)
15150
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15152 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15153
15154 \(fn)" t nil)
15155
15156 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15157 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15158
15159 \(fn)" t nil)
15160
15161 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15162 Display current image file.
15163 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15164 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15165
15166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15167
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15169 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15170
15171 \(fn)" t nil)
15172
15173 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15174 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15175 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15176 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15177 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15178 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15179 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15180
15181 \(fn)" t nil)
15182
15183 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15184 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15185 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15186 easy-to-use form.
15187
15188 \(fn)" t nil)
15189
15190 ;;;***
15191 \f
15192 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15193 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15194 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15195 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15196
15197 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15198 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15199 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15200 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15201
15202 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15203 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15204 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15205 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15206
15207 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15208
15209 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15210 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15211 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15212 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15213
15214 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15215 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15216 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15217 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15218
15219 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15220
15221 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15222 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15223
15224 \(fn)" nil nil)
15225
15226 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15227 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15228 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15229 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15230
15231 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15232
15233 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15234 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15235 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15238 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15239
15240 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15241
15242 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15243 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15244 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15245 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15246 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15247
15248 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15249 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15250 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15251
15252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15253
15254 ;;;***
15255 \f
15256 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15257 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20718 7922 212742
15258 ;;;;;; 0))
15259 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15260
15261 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15262 Major mode for image files.
15263 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15264 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15265
15266 \(fn)" t nil)
15267
15268 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15269 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15270 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15271 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15272 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15273
15274 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15275 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15276 actual image.
15277
15278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15279
15280 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15281 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15282 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15283 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15284 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15285 to display an image file as the actual image.
15286
15287 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15288 to display an image file as text initially.
15289
15290 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15291 on these modes.
15292
15293 \(fn)" t nil)
15294
15295 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15296
15297
15298 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15299
15300 ;;;***
15301 \f
15302 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15303 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20707 18685 911514
15304 ;;;;;; 0))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15306
15307 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15308 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15309
15310 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15311
15312 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15313 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15314 in the buffer.
15315
15316 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15317
15318 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15319 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15320 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15321
15322 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15323
15324 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15325 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15326 Each element of this list should have the form
15327
15328 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15329
15330 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15331 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15332 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15333 matches are put).
15334 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15335 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15336 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15337 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15338 another element.
15339 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15340 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15341 the menu item.
15342 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15343 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15344 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15345 the ARGUMENTS.
15346
15347 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15348 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15349 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15350
15351 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15352 create a buffer index.
15353
15354 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15355 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15356 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15357 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15358 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15359
15360 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15361
15362 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15363 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15364
15365 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15366 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15367 called within a `save-excursion'.
15368
15369 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15370
15371 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15372
15373 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15374 Function for finding the next index position.
15375
15376 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15377 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15378 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15379 file.
15380
15381 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15382 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15383
15384 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15385
15386 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15387 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15388
15389 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15390 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15391 It should return the name for that index item.")
15392
15393 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15394
15395 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15396 Function to compare string with index item.
15397
15398 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15399 non-nil if they match.
15400
15401 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15402 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15403 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15404 arguments match\".")
15405
15406 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15407
15408 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15409 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15410 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15411
15412 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15413 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15414
15415 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15416
15417 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15418
15419 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15420 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15421 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15422 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15423
15424 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15425
15426 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15427 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15428
15429 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15430
15431 \(fn)" t nil)
15432
15433 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15434 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15435 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15436 for more information.
15437
15438 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15439
15440 ;;;***
15441 \f
15442 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15443 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15444 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15445 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15446
15447 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15448 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15449
15450 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15451
15452 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15453
15454
15455 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15456
15457 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15458
15459
15460 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15461
15462 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15463
15464
15465 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15466
15467 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15468 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15469
15470 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15471
15472 ;;;***
15473 \f
15474 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15475 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15476 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15477
15478 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15479 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15480 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15481 to that buffer.
15482 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15483 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15484 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15486
15487 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15488
15489 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15490
15491 ;;;***
15492 \f
15493 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15494 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15495 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15496 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15497 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20707 18685 911514
15498 ;;;;;; 0))
15499 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15500
15501 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15502 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15503 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15504 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15505 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15506 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15507 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15508 first in this list.
15509
15510 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15511 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15512 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15513 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15514 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15515
15516 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15517 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15518 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15519
15520 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15521 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15522
15523 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15524 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15525
15526 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15527 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15528 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15529 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15530 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15531 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15532 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15533 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15534 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15535 with the top-level Info directory.
15536
15537 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15538 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15539 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15540 appended to the Info buffer name.
15541
15542 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15543 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15544 in all the directories in that path.
15545
15546 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15547
15548 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15549
15550 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15551 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15552
15553 \(fn)" t nil)
15554
15555 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15556 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15557
15558 \(fn)" t nil)
15559
15560 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15561 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15562 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15563 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15564
15565 \(fn)" nil nil)
15566
15567 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15568 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15569 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15570 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15571
15572 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15573
15574 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15575 Go to the Info directory node.
15576
15577 \(fn)" t nil)
15578
15579 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15580 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15581 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15582 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15583 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15584 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15585
15586 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15587
15588 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15589 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15590 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15591
15592 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15593
15594 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15595 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15596 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15597 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15598 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15599
15600 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15601
15602 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15603 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15604 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15605 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15606 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15607
15608 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15609 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15610
15611 Selecting other nodes:
15612 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15613 Follow a node reference you click on.
15614 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15615 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15616 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15617 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15618 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15619 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15620 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15621 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15622 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15623 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15624 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15625 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15626 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15627 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15628 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15629 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15630 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15631 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15632 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15633 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15634
15635 Moving within a node:
15636 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15637 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15638 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15639 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15640 move up to the parent node.
15641 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15642 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15643 if there is none.
15644 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15645
15646 Advanced commands:
15647 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15648 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15649 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15650 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15651 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15652 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15653 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15654 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15655 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15656 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15657 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15658 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15659 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15660 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15661 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15662 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15663
15664 \(fn)" t nil)
15665 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15666
15667 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15668 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15669 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15670 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15671 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15672 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15673
15674 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15675 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15676
15677 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15678 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15679 KEY is a string.
15680 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15681 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15682 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15683 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15684
15685 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15686
15687 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15688 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15689 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15690
15691 \(fn)" t nil)
15692
15693 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15694 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15695 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15696
15697 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15698
15699 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15700 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15701
15702 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15703
15704 ;;;***
15705 \f
15706 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15707 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15708 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15709 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15710
15711 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15712 Throw away all cached data.
15713 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15714 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15715 system.
15716
15717 \(fn)" t nil)
15718 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15719
15720 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15721 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15722 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15723 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15724 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15725 one found at point.
15726
15727 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15728
15729 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15730 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15731
15732 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15733 Display the documentation of a file.
15734 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15735 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15736 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15737 The default file name is the one found at point.
15738
15739 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15740
15741 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15742
15743 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15744 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15745
15746 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15747
15748 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15749 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15750
15751 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15752
15753 ;;;***
15754 \f
15755 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15756 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15757 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15758 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15759
15760 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15761 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15762 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15763 current info file is the default.
15764
15765 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15766 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15767 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15768 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15769 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15770
15771 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15772 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15773 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15774 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15775 mistake in the reference.
15776
15777 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15778 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15779 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15780
15781 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15782 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15783 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15784 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15785
15786 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15787
15788 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15789 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15790 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15791 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15792 checked.
15793
15794 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15795 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15796 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15797 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15798 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15799 should be harmless.
15800
15801 \(fn)" t nil)
15802
15803 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15804 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15805 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15806 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15807
15808 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15809 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15810 and can take a long time.
15811
15812 \(fn)" t nil)
15813
15814 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15815 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15816 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15817
15818 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15819
15820 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15821 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15822
15823 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15824 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15825 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15826 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15827 all builtins).
15828
15829 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15830 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15831 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15832 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15833 the sources handy.
15834
15835 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15836
15837 ;;;***
15838 \f
15839 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15840 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20707 18685 911514
15841 ;;;;;; 0))
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15843
15844 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15845 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15846
15847 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15848
15849 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15850 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15851
15852 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15853
15854 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15855 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15856 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15857 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15858
15859 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15860 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15861 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15862
15863 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15864 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15865 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15866 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15867
15868 \(fn)" t nil)
15869
15870 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15871 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15872 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15873
15874 \(fn)" t nil)
15875
15876 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15877 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15878 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15879 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15880 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15881
15882 \(fn)" nil nil)
15883
15884 ;;;***
15885 \f
15886 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15887 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15888 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15889
15890 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15891 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15892 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15893
15894 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15895
15896 ;;;***
15897 \f
15898 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15899 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15900 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
15901 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15902
15903 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15904 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15905
15906 \(fn)" t nil)
15907
15908 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15909 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15910
15911 \(fn)" t nil)
15912
15913 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15914
15915
15916 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15917
15918 ;;;***
15919 \f
15920 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20707
15921 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15923
15924 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15925 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15926 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15927 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15928 accessed via isearchb.
15929
15930 \(fn)" t nil)
15931
15932 ;;;***
15933 \f
15934 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15935 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15936 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15937 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
15938 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15939
15940 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15941 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15942 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15943 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15944 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15945
15946 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15947
15948 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15949 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15950 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15951 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15952 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15953
15954 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15955
15956 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15957 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15958 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15959 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15960 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15961
15962 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15963
15964 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15965 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15966 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15967 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15968 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15969
15970 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15971
15972 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15973 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15974 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15975 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15976 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15977
15978 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15979
15980 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15981 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15982 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15983 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15984 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15985
15986 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15987
15988 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15989 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15990 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15991 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15992 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15993
15994 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15995
15996 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15997 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15998 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15999 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16000
16001 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16002
16003 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16004 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16005 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007
16008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Warn that format is read-only.
16012
16013 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16014
16015 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16016 Warn that format is write-only.
16017
16018 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16019
16020 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16021 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16022
16023 \(fn)" t nil)
16024
16025 ;;;***
16026 \f
16027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16028 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16029 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16030 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16031 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16032
16033 ;;;***
16034 \f
16035 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16036 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16037 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16038 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16039 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16041
16042 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16043
16044 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16045 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16046 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16047 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16048 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16049
16050 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16051
16052 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16053
16054 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16055 Key map for ispell menu.")
16056
16057 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16058 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16059 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16060 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16061
16062 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16063
16064 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16065
16066 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16067
16068 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16069
16070 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16071 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16072 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16073 Valid forms include:
16074 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16075 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16076 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16077 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16078
16079 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16080 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16081 First list is used raw.
16082 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16083
16084 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16085 for skipping in latex mode.")
16086
16087 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16088 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16089 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16090 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16091 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16092 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16093 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16094
16095 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16096 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16097 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16098 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16099
16100 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16101 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16102 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16103 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16104 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16105
16106 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16107 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16108
16109 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16110 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16111
16112 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16113 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16114
16115 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16116 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16117
16118 Return values:
16119 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16120 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16121 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16122 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16123 quit spell session exited.
16124
16125 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16126
16127 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16128 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16129 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16130
16131 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16132
16133 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16134 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16135
16136 Selections are:
16137
16138 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16139 SPC: Accept word this time.
16140 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16141 `a': Accept word for this session.
16142 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16143 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16144 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16145 `?': Show these commands.
16146 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16147 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16148 the aborted check to be completed later.
16149 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16150 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16151 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16152 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16153 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16154 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16155 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16156
16157 \(fn)" nil nil)
16158
16159 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16160 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16161 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16162 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16163
16164 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16165
16166 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16167 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16168 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16169 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16170
16171 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16172
16173 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16174
16175 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16176 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16177 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16178 amount for last line processed.
16179
16180 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16181
16182 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16183 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16184
16185 \(fn)" t nil)
16186
16187 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16188 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16189
16190 \(fn)" t nil)
16191
16192 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16193 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16194
16195 \(fn)" t nil)
16196
16197 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16198 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16199 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16200 sequence inside of a word.
16201
16202 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16203
16204 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16205
16206 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16207 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16208
16209 \(fn)" t nil)
16210
16211 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16212 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16213 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16214 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16215
16216 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16217 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16218 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16219 available on the net.
16220
16221 \(fn)" t nil)
16222
16223 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16224 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16225 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16226 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16227 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16228
16229 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16230 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16231 spelled.
16232
16233 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16234 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16235 SPC.
16236
16237 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16238 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16239
16240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16241
16242 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16243 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16244 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16245 Don't check included messages.
16246
16247 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16248 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16249 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16250
16251 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16252 in your init file:
16253 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16254 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16255 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16256 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16257
16258 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16259 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16260 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16261
16262 \(fn)" t nil)
16263
16264 ;;;***
16265 \f
16266 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20707
16267 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16268 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16269
16270 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16271 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16272 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16274 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16275 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16276
16277 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16278
16279 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16280 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16281 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16282 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16283 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16284
16285 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16286 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16287
16288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16289
16290 ;;;***
16291 \f
16292 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16293 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16294 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16295 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20707 18685 911514
16296 ;;;;;; 0))
16297 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16298
16299 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16300
16301
16302 \(fn)" nil nil)
16303
16304 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16305 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16306 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16307 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16308 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16309 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16310 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16311 necessary to represent OBJ.
16312
16313 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16314
16315 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16316 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16317 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16318 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16319
16320 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16321
16322 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16323 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16324 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16325 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16326 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16327
16328 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16329
16330 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16331 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16332 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16333 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16334
16335 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16336
16337 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16338 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16339 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16340 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16341
16342 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16343
16344 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16345 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16346
16347 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16348
16349 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16350 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16351 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16352 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16353 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16354
16355 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16359 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16360 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16361 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16362
16363 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16366 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16367 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16368
16369 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16370
16371 ;;;***
16372 \f
16373 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16374 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16375 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16376
16377 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16378 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16379 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16380 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16381
16382 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16383
16384
16385 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16386
16387 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16388 Uninstall jka-compr.
16389 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16390 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16391 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16392
16393 \(fn)" nil nil)
16394
16395 ;;;***
16396 \f
16397 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20707 18685 911514
16398 ;;;;;; 0))
16399 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16400
16401 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16402 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16403
16404 \(fn)" t nil)
16405
16406 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16407
16408 ;;;***
16409 \f
16410 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16411 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16412 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16414
16415 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16416 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16417 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16418 decimal key must be specified.")
16419
16420 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16421
16422 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16423 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16424 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16425 decimal key must be specified.")
16426
16427 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16428
16429 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16430 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16431 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16432 decimal key must be specified.")
16433
16434 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16435
16436 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16437 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16438 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16439 decimal key must be specified.")
16440
16441 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16442
16443 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16444 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16445 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16446 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16447 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16448 keys are bound.
16449
16450 Setup Binding
16451 -------------------------------------------------------------
16452 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16453 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16454 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16455 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16456 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16457 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16458 in the global and local keymaps.
16459
16460 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16461 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16462
16463 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16464
16465 ;;;***
16466 \f
16467 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16468 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16470
16471 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16472 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16473 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16474
16475 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16476 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16477 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16478 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16479 shorter.
16480
16481 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16482 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16483 the context of text formatting.
16484
16485 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16486
16487 ;;;***
16488 \f
16489 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20707
16490 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16492
16493 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16494 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16495 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16496 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16497 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16498 positions that contains the current selection.")
16499
16500 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16501 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16502 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16503 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16504 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16505 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16506 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16507
16508 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16509
16510 ;;;***
16511 \f
16512 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16513 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16514 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16515 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16516 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16517 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16518 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16519 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16520 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16521 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16522 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16523 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16524
16525 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16526 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16527
16528 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16529
16530 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16531 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16532 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16533 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16534 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16535
16536 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16537
16538 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16539 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16540 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16541
16542 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16543 defining the macro.
16544
16545 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16546 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16547 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16548
16549 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16550 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16551
16552 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16553
16554 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16555 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16556 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16557 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16558 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16559 under that name.
16560
16561 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16562 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16563 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16564
16565 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16566
16567 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16568 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16569 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16570
16571 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16572 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16573 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16574 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16575
16576 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16577 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16578
16579 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16580
16581 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16582 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16583 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16584
16585 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16586 macro.
16587
16588 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16589 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16590
16591 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16592 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16593 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16594
16595 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16596 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16597
16598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16599
16600 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16601 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16602 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16603 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16604
16605 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16606
16607 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16608 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16609 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16610 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16611
16612 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16613 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16614
16615 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16616
16617 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16618 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16619 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16620
16621 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16622
16623 ;;;***
16624 \f
16625 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16626 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16627 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16628
16629 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16630 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16631 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16632
16633 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16634
16635
16636 \(fn)" nil nil)
16637
16638 ;;;***
16639 \f
16640 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16641 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16642 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16643
16644 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16645
16646 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16647 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16648
16649 \(fn)" t nil)
16650
16651 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16652 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16653 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16654 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16655
16656 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16657 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16658 none / 1 | yes | no
16659 2 | yes | yes
16660 3 | no | yes
16661 4 | no | no
16662
16663 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16664 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16665 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16666
16667 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16668
16669 ;;;***
16670 \f
16671 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16672 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16673 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16674 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16675
16676 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16677
16678
16679 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16680
16681 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16682 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16683 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16684 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16685 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16686 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16687
16688 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16689 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16690
16691 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16692
16693 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16694 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16695
16696 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16697
16698 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16699
16700
16701 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16702
16703 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16704
16705
16706 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16707
16708 ;;;***
16709 \f
16710 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16711 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16712 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20707 18685 911514
16713 ;;;;;; 0))
16714 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16715
16716 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16717 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16718 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16719 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16720
16721 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16722
16723 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16724 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16725 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16726
16727 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16728
16729 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16730 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16731 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16732
16733 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16734
16735 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16736 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16737 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16738 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16739
16740 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16741
16742 ;;;***
16743 \f
16744 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16745 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20707 18685
16746 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
16747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16748
16749 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16750 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16751 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16752 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16753 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16754 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16755 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16756 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16757
16758 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16759 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16760
16761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16762 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16763
16764 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16765
16766 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16767 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16768 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16769 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16770 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16771 `latin1-display-setup'.
16772
16773 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16774
16775 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16776 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16777 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16778 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16779
16780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16781 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16782
16783 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16784
16785 ;;;***
16786 \f
16787 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16788 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16790
16791 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16792 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16793
16794 \(fn)" t nil)
16795
16796 ;;;***
16797 \f
16798 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20707 18685 911514
16799 ;;;;;; 0))
16800 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16801
16802 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16803 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16804 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16805 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16806 generations (this defaults to 1).
16807
16808 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16809
16810 ;;;***
16811 \f
16812 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16813 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
16814 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16815
16816 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16817 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16818 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16819 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16820 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16821
16822 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16823
16824 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16825
16826 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16827 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16828 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16829 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16830 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16831 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16832
16833 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16834
16835 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16836 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16837 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16838 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16839 ARG is omitted or nil.
16840
16841 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16842 `linum-on' would do it.
16843 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16844
16845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16846
16847 ;;;***
16848 \f
16849 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20707
16850 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16851 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16852
16853 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16854 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16855 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16856 is nil, raise an error.
16857
16858 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16859 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16860 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16861 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16862 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16863 defined by the library.
16864
16865 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16866 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16867 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16868 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16869 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16870 proceeds.
16871
16872 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16873 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16874 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16875 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16876
16877 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16878
16879 ;;;***
16880 \f
16881 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16882 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
16883 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16884
16885 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16886 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16887 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16888
16889 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16890
16891 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16892 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16893 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16894 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16895
16896 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16897 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16898 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16899 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16900 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16901 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16902 the version.)
16903
16904 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16905 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16906
16907 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16908 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16909
16910 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16911 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16912
16913 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16914
16915 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16916 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16917 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16918 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16919 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16920 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16921 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16922 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16923 to constrain a big search.
16924
16925 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16926
16927 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16928 except that FILTER is not optional.
16929
16930 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16931
16932 ;;;***
16933 \f
16934 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20707 18685
16935 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
16936 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16937
16938 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16939 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16940 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16941 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16942 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16943 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16944 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16945 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16946 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16947 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16948
16949 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16950 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16951 associated values:
16952 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16953 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16954 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16955 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16956 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16957
16958 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16959 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16960 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16961
16962 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16963
16964 ;;;***
16965 \f
16966 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20707
16967 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16969
16970 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16971 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16972
16973 \(fn)" t nil)
16974
16975 ;;;***
16976 \f
16977 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20707
16978 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
16979 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16980
16981 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16982 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16983 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16984 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16985 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16986
16987 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16988 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16989 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16990 disk.
16991
16992 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16993 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16994 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16995
16996 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16997 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16998
16999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17000
17001 ;;;***
17002 \f
17003 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17004 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20707
17005 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17006 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17007
17008 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17009 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17010
17011 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17012 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17013
17014 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17015 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17016 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17017
17018 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17019 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17020
17021 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17022 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17023 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17024 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17025 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17026 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17027 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17028
17029 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17030
17031 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17032 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17033 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17034 switch on this list.
17035 See `lpr-command'.")
17036
17037 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17038
17039 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17040 Name of program for printing a file.
17041
17042 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17043 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17044 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17045 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17046 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17047 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17048 argument.")
17049
17050 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17051
17052 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17053 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17054 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17055 for customization of the printer command.
17056
17057 \(fn)" t nil)
17058
17059 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17060 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17061
17062 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17063 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17064 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17065 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17066
17067 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17068 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17069
17070 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17071 for further customization of the printer command.
17072
17073 \(fn)" t nil)
17074
17075 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17076 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17077 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17078 for customization of the printer command.
17079
17080 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17081
17082 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17083 Paginate and print the region contents.
17084
17085 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17086 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17087 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17088 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17089
17090 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17091 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17092
17093 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17094 for further customization of the printer command.
17095
17096 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17097
17098 ;;;***
17099 \f
17100 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17101 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17102 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17103
17104 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17105 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17106 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17107
17108 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17109
17110 ;;;***
17111 \f
17112 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20707
17113 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17115
17116 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17117 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17118 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17119 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17120
17121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17122
17123 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17124
17125 ;;;***
17126 \f
17127 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20707
17128 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17130
17131 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17132 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17133
17134 \(fn)" t nil)
17135
17136 ;;;***
17137 \f
17138 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17139 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20707 18685 911514
17140 ;;;;;; 0))
17141 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17142
17143 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17144 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17145 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17146 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17147 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17148
17149 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17150
17151 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17152 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17153 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17154 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17155
17156 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17157 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17158 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17159 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17160 bindings.
17161
17162 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17163 use this command, and then save the file.
17164
17165 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17166
17167 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17168 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17169 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17170 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17171 each time the macro executes.
17172 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17173 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17174 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17175 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17176 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17177 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17178 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17179
17180 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17181
17182 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17183 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17184 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17185 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17186
17187 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17188 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17189 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17190 execute.
17191
17192 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17193 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17194
17195 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17196 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17197 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17198 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17199 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17200
17201 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17202 looked like this:
17203
17204 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17205 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17206 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17207
17208 You could enter the names in this format:
17209
17210 foo
17211 bar
17212 baz
17213
17214 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17215
17216 \\C-x (
17217 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17218 \\C-x )
17219
17220 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17221 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17222
17223 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17224 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17225
17226 ;;;***
17227 \f
17228 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17229 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17231
17232 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17233 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17234 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17235 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17236 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17237 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17238
17239 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17240 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17241 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17242 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17243 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17244
17245 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17246 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17247 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17248 consing a string.)
17249
17250 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17251
17252 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17253 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17254
17255 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17256
17257 ;;;***
17258 \f
17259 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17260 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17261 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17263
17264 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17265 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17266
17267 \(fn)" nil nil)
17268
17269 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17270
17271
17272 \(fn)" nil nil)
17273
17274 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17275 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17276
17277 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17278
17279 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17280 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17281 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17282 message.
17283
17284 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17285
17286 \(fn)" nil nil)
17287
17288 ;;;***
17289 \f
17290 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17291 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17292 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17293 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17295
17296 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17297 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17298 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17299 often correct parser.")
17300
17301 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17302
17303 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17304 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17305 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17306 a value which excludes your own email address.
17307
17308 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17309 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17310
17311 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17312
17313 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17314 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17315
17316 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17317
17318 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17319 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17320 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17321 we return it unconverted.
17322
17323 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17324 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17325
17326 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17327
17328 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17329 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17330 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17331 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17332
17333 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17334
17335 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17336 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17337 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17338 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17339
17340 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17341
17342 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17343 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17344 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17345 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17346 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17347 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17348 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17349 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17350 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17351 as Rmail does.
17352
17353 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17354
17355 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17356 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17357 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17358 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17359 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17360 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17361 matches may be returned from the message body.
17362
17363 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17364
17365 ;;;***
17366 \f
17367 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17368 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20707
17369 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17371
17372 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17373 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17374 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17376 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17377 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17378
17379 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17380
17381 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17382 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17383 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17384 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17385 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17386
17387 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17388 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17389 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17390 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17391
17392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17395 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17396
17397 \(fn)" nil nil)
17398
17399 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17400 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17401 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17402
17403 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17404
17405 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17406 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17407 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17408
17409 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17410 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17411 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17412 double-quotes.
17413
17414 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17415
17416 ;;;***
17417 \f
17418 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17419 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17420 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17422
17423 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17424 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17425 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17426 king@grassland.com
17427 If `parens', they look like:
17428 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17429 If `angles', they look like:
17430 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17431
17432 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17433
17434 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17435 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17436 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17437 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17438 their `Resent-' variants.
17439
17440 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17441 removed from alias expansions.
17442
17443 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17444
17445 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17446 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17447 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17448
17449 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17450 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17451 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17452 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17453
17454 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17455
17456 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17457 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17458 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17459
17460 \(fn)" nil nil)
17461
17462 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17463 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17464 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17465 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17466
17467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17468
17469 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17470
17471 ;;;***
17472 \f
17473 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17474 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17475 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17476
17477 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17478 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17479 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17480 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17481
17482 \(fn)" nil nil)
17483
17484 ;;;***
17485 \f
17486 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17487 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17488 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514
17489 ;;;;;; 0))
17490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17491
17492 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17493 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17494
17495 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17496 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17497 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17498 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17499 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17500 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17501
17502 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17503 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17504 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17505 dependency, despite the colon.
17506
17507 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17508
17509 In the browser, use the following keys:
17510
17511 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17512
17513 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17514
17515 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17516 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17517
17518 `makefile-target-colon':
17519 The string that gets appended to all target names
17520 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17521 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17522
17523 `makefile-macro-assign':
17524 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17525 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17526 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17527 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17528 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17529 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17530
17531 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17532 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17533 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17534
17535 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17536 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17537
17538 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17539 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17540 up or down in the browser.
17541
17542 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17543 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17544
17545 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17546 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17547
17548 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17549 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17550 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17551 has been selected in the browser.
17552
17553 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17554 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17555 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17556 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17557 filenames are omitted.
17558
17559 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17560 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17561 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17562 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17563 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17564 the backslash itself intact.
17565 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17566 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17567
17568 `makefile-browser-hook':
17569 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17570 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17571
17572 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17573 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17574 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17575 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17576
17577 \(fn)" t nil)
17578
17579 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17580 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17581
17582 \(fn)" t nil)
17583
17584 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17585 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17586
17587 \(fn)" t nil)
17588
17589 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17590 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17591
17592 \(fn)" t nil)
17593
17594 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17595 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17596
17597 \(fn)" t nil)
17598
17599 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17600 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17601
17602 \(fn)" t nil)
17603
17604 ;;;***
17605 \f
17606 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20707
17607 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
17608 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17609
17610 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17611 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17612 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17613
17614 \(fn)" t nil)
17615
17616 ;;;***
17617 \f
17618 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17619 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17620 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17621
17622 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17623
17624 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17625 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17626 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17627 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17628 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17629 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17630 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17631 page, it will display immediately.
17632
17633 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17634 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17635 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17636
17637 cat(1)
17638 1 cat
17639
17640 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17641 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17642 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17643 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17644
17645 -a chmod
17646
17647 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17648 otherwise look like a page name.
17649
17650 /my/file/name.1.gz
17651 -l somefile.1
17652
17653 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17654 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17655 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17656
17657 -k pattern
17658
17659 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17660
17661 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17662 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17663
17664 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17665
17666 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17667 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17668
17669 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17670
17671 ;;;***
17672 \f
17673 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20707 18685
17674 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17676
17677 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17678 Toggle Master mode.
17679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17680 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17681 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17682
17683 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17684 using the following commands:
17685
17686 \\{master-mode-map}
17687
17688 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17689 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17690 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17691
17692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17693
17694 ;;;***
17695 \f
17696 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17697 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17699
17700 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17701 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17702 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17703 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17704 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17705 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17706
17707 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17708
17709 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17710 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17711 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17712 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17713 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17714
17715 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17716 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17717 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17718 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17719
17720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17721
17722 ;;;***
17723 \f
17724 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17725 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17726 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17727 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17728 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17729 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17730 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17732
17733 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17734
17735 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17736 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17737 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17738 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17739 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17740 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17741 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17742 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17743 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17744 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17745 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17746 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17747 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17748 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17749 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17750 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17751 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17752 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17753 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17754 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17755 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17756 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17757 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17758 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17759 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17760 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17761 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17762 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17763 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17764 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17765 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17766 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17767 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17768 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17769 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17770 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17771 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17772 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17773
17774 \(fn)" t nil)
17775
17776 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17777 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17778 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17779 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17780 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17781
17782 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17785 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17786
17787 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17790 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17791
17792 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17793
17794 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17795 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17796
17797 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17798
17799 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17800 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17801 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17802
17803 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17804
17805 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17806 Cancel an article you posted.
17807 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17808
17809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17812 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17813 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17814 header line with the old Message-ID.
17815
17816 \(fn)" t nil)
17817
17818 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17819 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17820
17821 \(fn)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17824 Forward the current message via mail.
17825 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17826 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17827
17828 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17829
17830 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17831
17832
17833 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17834
17835 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17836
17837
17838 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17841 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17842
17843 \(fn)" t nil)
17844
17845 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17846 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17847
17848 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17849
17850 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17851 Re-mail the current message.
17852 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17853 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17854 you.
17855
17856 \(fn)" t nil)
17857
17858 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17859 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17860
17861 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17862
17863 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17864 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17865
17866 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17867
17868 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17869 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17870
17871 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17872
17873 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17874 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17875
17876 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17877
17878 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17879 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17880 Works by overstriking characters.
17881 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17882 which specify the range to operate on.
17883
17884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17885
17886 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17887 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17888 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17889 which specify the range to operate on.
17890
17891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17892
17893 ;;;***
17894 \f
17895 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17896 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17898
17899 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17900 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17905 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17906
17907 \(fn)" t nil)
17908
17909 ;;;***
17910 \f
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17912 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17913 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
17914 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17915
17916 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17917 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17918 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17919
17920 \(fn)" t nil)
17921
17922 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17923 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17924 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17925 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17926 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17927 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17928 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17929
17930 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17931
17932 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17933 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17934 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17935 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17936 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17937 means current).
17938 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17939 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17940
17941 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17942
17943 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17944 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17945 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17946 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17947 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17948 means current).
17949 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17950 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17951
17952 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17953
17954 ;;;***
17955 \f
17956 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17957 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17958 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
17959 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17960
17961 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17962 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17963 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17964
17965 \(fn)" t nil)
17966
17967 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17968 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17969 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17970
17971 \(fn)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17974 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17975
17976 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17977 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17978 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17979
17980 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17981 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17982
17983 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17984 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17985
17986 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17987
17988 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17989
17990 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17991 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17992 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17993 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17994 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17995 as `compose-mail'.
17996
17997 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17998 initial Subject field, respectively.
17999
18000 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18001 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18002 are strings.
18003
18004 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18005 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18006
18007 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18008
18009 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18010 Save draft and send message.
18011
18012 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18013 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18014 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18015 Mail Delivery*\".
18016
18017 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18018 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18019 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18020
18021 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18022 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18023 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18024 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18025 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18026 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18027
18028 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18029 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18030
18031 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18032 message and scan line.
18033
18034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18035
18036 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18037 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18038
18039 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18040 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18041 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18042 delete the draft message.
18043
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18045
18046 ;;;***
18047 \f
18048 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20707 18685
18049 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
18050 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18051
18052 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18053
18054 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18055
18056 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18057
18058 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18059 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18060
18061 \(fn)" t nil)
18062
18063 ;;;***
18064 \f
18065 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18066 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18067 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18068
18069 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18070 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18071 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18072
18073 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18074 the MH mail system.
18075
18076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18077
18078 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18079 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18080 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18081
18082 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18083 the MH mail system.
18084
18085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18086
18087 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18088 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18089
18090 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18091 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18092 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18093 separate command.
18094
18095 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18096 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18097 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18098 format.
18099
18100 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18101
18102 Ranges
18103 ======
18104 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18105 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18106 can be used in several ways.
18107
18108 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18109 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18110 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18111 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18112 page):
18113
18114 <num1>-<num2>
18115 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18116 The range must be nonempty.
18117
18118 <num>:N
18119 <num>:+N
18120 <num>:-N
18121 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18122 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18123 last.
18124
18125 first:N
18126 prev:N
18127 next:N
18128 last:N
18129 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18130
18131 all
18132 All of the messages.
18133
18134 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18135 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18136
18137 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18138 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18139 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18140
18141 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18142
18143 \(fn)" t nil)
18144
18145 ;;;***
18146 \f
18147 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18148 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18149 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18150
18151 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18152 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18153 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18154 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18155 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18156 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18157 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18158 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18159 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18160 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18161 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18162
18163 \(fn)" t nil)
18164
18165 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18166 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18167 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18168 to its second argument TM.
18169
18170 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18171
18172 ;;;***
18173 \f
18174 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18175 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18177
18178 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18179 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18180 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18181 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18182 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18183 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18184
18185 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18186
18187 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18188 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18189 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18190 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18191 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18192
18193 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18194 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18195 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18196 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18197 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18198 is modified to remove the default indication.
18199
18200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18201
18202 ;;;***
18203 \f
18204 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18205 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18206 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18207
18208 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18209 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18210 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18211 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18212 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18213 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18214 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18215 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18216 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18217
18218 \(fn)" t nil)
18219
18220 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18221 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18222 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18223 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18224 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18225 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18226 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18227 The return value is always nil.
18228
18229 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18230
18231 ;;;***
18232 \f
18233 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18234 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18235 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18236 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18237 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18238
18239 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18240 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18241
18242 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18243 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18244 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18245 next occurrence.
18246
18247 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18248 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18249 end of the search space).
18250
18251 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18252 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18253 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18254 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18255 should return the previous buffer to search.
18256
18257 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18258 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18259 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18260
18261 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18262 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18263 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18264 Isearch starts.")
18265
18266 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18267 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18268 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18269
18270 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18271 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18272 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18273
18274 \(fn)" nil nil)
18275
18276 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18277 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18278 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18279 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18280 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18281 whose names match the specified regexp.
18282
18283 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18284
18285 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18286 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18287 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18288 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18289 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18290 whose names match the specified regexp.
18291
18292 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18293
18294 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18295 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18296 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18297 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18298 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18299 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18300 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18301
18302 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18303
18304 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18305 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18306 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18307 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18308 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18309 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18310 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18311
18312 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18313
18314 ;;;***
18315 \f
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18317 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18319
18320 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18321 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18322
18323 \(fn)" t nil)
18324
18325 ;;;***
18326 \f
18327 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18328 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18330
18331 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18332 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18333
18334 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18335
18336 ;;;***
18337 \f
18338 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18339 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18341
18342 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18343 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18344
18345 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18346
18347 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18348 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18349 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18350 the entire message.
18351 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18352
18353 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18354
18355 ;;;***
18356 \f
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18358 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18359 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18360
18361 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18362 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18363 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18364 the entire message.
18365 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18366
18367 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18368
18369 ;;;***
18370 \f
18371 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18372 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18374
18375 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18376 Insert file contents of URL.
18377 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18378
18379 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18380
18381 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18382 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18383
18384 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18385
18386 ;;;***
18387 \f
18388 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18389 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18390 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18391
18392 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18393 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18394 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18395 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18396 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18397
18398 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18399
18400 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18401 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18402 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18403
18404 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18405
18406 ;;;***
18407 \f
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18409 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18411
18412 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18413 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18414
18415 \(fn)" nil nil)
18416
18417 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18418 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18419 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18420 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18421 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18422
18423 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18424 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18425 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18426 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18427 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18428 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18429
18430 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18431
18432 ;;;***
18433 \f
18434 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18435 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18437
18438 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18439
18440
18441 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18442
18443 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18444
18445
18446 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18447
18448 ;;;***
18449 \f
18450 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18451 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18452 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18453 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18454
18455 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18456
18457
18458 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18459
18460 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18461
18462
18463 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18464
18465 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18466
18467
18468 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18469
18470 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18471
18472
18473 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18474
18475 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18476
18477
18478 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18479
18480 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18481
18482
18483 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18484
18485 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18486
18487
18488 \(fn)" nil nil)
18489
18490 ;;;***
18491 \f
18492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20707 18685
18493 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
18494 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18495
18496 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18497
18498 ;;;***
18499 \f
18500 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20627
18501 ;;;;;; 28531 447943 0))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18503
18504 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18505
18506 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18507 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18508 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18509 followed by the first character of the construct.
18510 \\<m2-mode-map>
18511 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18512 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18513 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18514 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18515 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18516 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18517 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18518 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18519 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18520 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18521 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18522 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18523 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18524 \\[m2-link] link
18525
18526 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18527 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18528 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18529
18530 \(fn)" t nil)
18531
18532 ;;;***
18533 \f
18534 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18535 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18536 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18537
18538 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18539 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18540
18541 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18542
18543 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18544 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18545
18546 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18547
18548 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18549 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18550
18551 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18552
18553 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18554 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18555
18556 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18557
18558 ;;;***
18559 \f
18560 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18561 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18562 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18563
18564 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18565 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18566
18567 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18568 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18569 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18570
18571 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18572 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18573 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18574
18575 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18576 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18577
18578 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18579 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18580 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18581 hemisphere you're in.)
18582
18583 To test this function, evaluate:
18584 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18585
18586 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18589 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18590
18591 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18592 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18593
18594 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18595 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18596 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18597
18598 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18599 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18600
18601 To test this function, evaluate:
18602 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18603
18604 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18605
18606 ;;;***
18607 \f
18608 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18609 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18610
18611 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18612 Main entry point for MPC.
18613
18614 \(fn)" t nil)
18615
18616 ;;;***
18617 \f
18618 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20707 18685 911514
18619 ;;;;;; 0))
18620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18621
18622 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18623 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18624
18625 \(fn)" t nil)
18626
18627 ;;;***
18628 \f
18629 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
18630 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18631
18632 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18633 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18634 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18635 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18636 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18637 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18638
18639 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18640
18641 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18642 Toggle Msb mode.
18643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18644 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18645 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18646
18647 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18648 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18649
18650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18651
18652 ;;;***
18653 \f
18654 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18655 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18656 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18657 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18658 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18659 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18660 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18661
18662 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18663 Display a list of all character sets.
18664
18665 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18666 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18667 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18668 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18669 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18670
18671 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18672 but still shows the full information.
18673
18674 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18677 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18678 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18679
18680 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18681 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18682 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18683 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18684 meanings of these arguments.
18685
18686 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18689 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18690
18691 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18692
18693 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18694 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18695
18696 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18697
18698 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18699 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18700
18701 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18704 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18705
18706 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18707 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18708 in place of `..':
18709 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18710 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18711 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18712 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18713 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18714 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18715 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18716 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18717 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18718 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18719 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18720 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18721 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18722 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18723 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18724 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18725
18726 \(fn)" t nil)
18727
18728 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18729 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18730
18731 \(fn)" t nil)
18732
18733 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18734 Display a list of all coding systems.
18735 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18736
18737 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18738 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18739
18740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18741
18742 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display a list of all coding categories.
18744
18745 \(fn)" nil nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18748 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18749 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18750
18751 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18752
18753 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18754 Display information about FONTSET.
18755 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18756
18757 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18758
18759 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18760 Display a list of all fontsets.
18761 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18762 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18763 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18764
18765 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18766
18767 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18768 Display information about all input methods.
18769
18770 \(fn)" t nil)
18771
18772 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18773 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18774
18775 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18776 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18777 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18778 system which uses fontsets).
18779
18780 \(fn)" t nil)
18781
18782 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18783 Show log of font listing and opening.
18784 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18785 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18786
18787 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18788
18789 ;;;***
18790 \f
18791 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18792 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18793 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18794 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18795 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18796 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
18797 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18798
18799 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18800 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18801
18802 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18803 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18804
18805 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18806 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18807
18808 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18809
18810 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18811 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18812 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18813 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18814 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18815 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18816 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18817
18818 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18819 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18820 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18821 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18822 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18823 middle of a character in STR.
18824
18825 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18826 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18827
18828 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18829 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18830 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18831 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18832 defaults to \"...\".
18833
18834 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18835
18836 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18837 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18838
18839 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18840 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18841 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18842
18843 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18844 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18845 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18846
18847 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18848 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18849 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18850 are considered.
18851 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18852 longer than KEYSEQ.
18853 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18854
18855 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18856
18857 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18858 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18859 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18860 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18861 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18862 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18863 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18864 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18865 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18866 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18867 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18868
18869 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18870
18871 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18872 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18873
18874 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18875
18876 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18877 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18878
18879 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18880
18881 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18882 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18883
18884 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18885
18886 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18887 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18888
18889 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18890
18891 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18892 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18893 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18894 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18895 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18896
18897 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18898 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18899
18900 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18901 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18902 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18903 coding systems ordered by priority.
18904
18905 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18906
18907 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18908
18909 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18910 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18911 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18912 language environment LANG-ENV.
18913
18914 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18915
18916 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18917 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18918 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18919 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18920 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18921 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18922
18923 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18924
18925 ;;;***
18926 \f
18927 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18928 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18929 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18930 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20707
18931 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18933
18934 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18935 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18936
18937 \(fn)" t nil)
18938
18939 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18940 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18941
18942 \(fn)" t nil)
18943
18944 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18945 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18946
18947 \(fn)" t nil)
18948
18949 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18950 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18951
18952 \(fn)" t nil)
18953
18954 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18955 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18956
18957 \(fn)" t nil)
18958
18959 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18960 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18961
18962 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18963
18964 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18965 Ping HOST.
18966 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18967 `ping-program-options'.
18968
18969 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18970
18971 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18972 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18973
18974 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18975
18976 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18977 Run nslookup program.
18978
18979 \(fn)" t nil)
18980
18981 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18982 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18983
18984 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18985
18986 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18987 Run dig program.
18988
18989 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18990
18991 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18992 Run ftp program.
18993
18994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18995
18996 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18997 Finger USER on HOST.
18998
18999 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19000
19001 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19002 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19003 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19004 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19005
19006 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19007
19008 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19009
19010
19011 \(fn)" t nil)
19012
19013 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19014 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19015
19016 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19017
19018 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19019 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19020
19021 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19022
19023 ;;;***
19024 \f
19025 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20707
19026 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
19027 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19028
19029 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19030 Return a user name/password pair.
19031 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19032 listed in the PORTS list.
19033
19034 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19035
19036 ;;;***
19037 \f
19038 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19039 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19040 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19041
19042 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19043 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19044 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19045 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19046 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19047 closes it.
19048
19049 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19050 make it unique.
19051 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19052 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19053 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19054 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19055 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19056 a port number to connect to.
19057
19058 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19059 values:
19060
19061 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19062 nil or `network'
19063 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19064 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19065 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19066 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19067 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19068 an unencrypted connection.
19069 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19070 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19071 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19072 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19073 returned object is a killed process.
19074 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19075 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19076 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19077
19078 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19079 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19080 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19081 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19082 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19083 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19084 or nil if none could be found.
19085 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19086 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19087
19088 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19089
19090 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19091 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19092 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19093
19094 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19095 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19096 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19097
19098 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19099 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19100 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19101
19102 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19103 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19104 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19105 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19106
19107 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19108 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19109
19110 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19111 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19112 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19113 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19114 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19115 or STARTTLS connections.
19116
19117 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19118 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19119
19120 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19121 asynchronously, if possible.
19122
19123 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19124
19125 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19126
19127 ;;;***
19128 \f
19129 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19130 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19131 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19132
19133 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19134 Check whether newsticker is running.
19135 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19136 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19137
19138 \(fn)" nil nil)
19139
19140 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19141 Start the newsticker.
19142 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19143 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19144 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19145 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19146
19147 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19148
19149 ;;;***
19150 \f
19151 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19152 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19153 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19154
19155 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19156 Start newsticker plainview.
19157
19158 \(fn)" t nil)
19159
19160 ;;;***
19161 \f
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19163 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19164 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19165
19166 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19167 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19168
19169 \(fn)" t nil)
19170
19171 ;;;***
19172 \f
19173 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19174 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20707 18685 911514
19175 ;;;;;; 0))
19176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19177
19178 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19179 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19180 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19181 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19182 empty.
19183
19184 \(fn)" nil nil)
19185
19186 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19187 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19188 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19189 running already.
19190
19191 \(fn)" t nil)
19192
19193 ;;;***
19194 \f
19195 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19196 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19197 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19198
19199 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19200 Start newsticker treeview.
19201
19202 \(fn)" t nil)
19203
19204 ;;;***
19205 \f
19206 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19207 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19208 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19209
19210 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19211 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19212
19213 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19214
19215 ;;;***
19216 \f
19217 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20707
19218 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19220
19221 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19222 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19223 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19224 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19225 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19226 symbol in the alist.
19227
19228 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19229
19230 ;;;***
19231 \f
19232 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19233 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19235
19236 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19237 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19238 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19239
19240 \(fn)" t nil)
19241
19242 ;;;***
19243 \f
19244 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19245 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19246 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19247
19248 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19249 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19250
19251 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19252
19253 ;;;***
19254 \f
19255 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19256 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19257 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19258
19259 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19260
19261 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19262 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19263 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19264
19265 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19266
19267
19268 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19269
19270 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19271 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19272 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19273 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19274 to future sessions.
19275
19276 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19277
19278 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19279 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19280 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19281 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19282 future sessions.
19283
19284 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19285
19286 ;;;***
19287 \f
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19289 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19291
19292 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19293 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19294 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19295 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19296 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19297 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19298
19299 \(fn)" t nil)
19300
19301 ;;;***
19302 \f
19303 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19304 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19305 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19306
19307 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19308 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19309 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19310 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19311
19312 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19313
19314 ;;;***
19315 \f
19316 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20707
19317 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19319
19320 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19321 Major mode for editing XML.
19322
19323 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19324 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19325 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19326 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19327 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19328 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19329 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19330
19331 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19332
19333 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19334 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19335
19336 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19337 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19338 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19339 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19340 instead of C-c.
19341
19342 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19343 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19344 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19345 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19346 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19347 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19348
19349 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19350 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19351 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19352
19353 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19354 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19355 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19356
19357 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19358 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19359 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19360 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19361 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19362 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19363 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19364 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19365 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19366
19367 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19368
19369 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19370 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19371
19372 \(fn)" t nil)
19373
19374 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19375
19376 ;;;***
19377 \f
19378 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19379 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19380 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19381
19382 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19383 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19384 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19385 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19386
19387 \(fn)" t nil)
19388
19389 ;;;***
19390 \f
19391 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19392 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19394
19395 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19396 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19397 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19398
19399 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19400
19401 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19402 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19403
19404 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19405 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19406 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19407
19408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19409
19410 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19411
19412 ;;;***
19413 \f
19414 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19415 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
19416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19417
19418 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19419 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19420
19421 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19422 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19423 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19424 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19425
19426 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19427 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19428 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19429 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19430 is why you need this mode!).
19431
19432 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19433 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19434 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19435
19436 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19437
19438 Keybindings
19439 ===========
19440
19441 \\{octave-mode-map}
19442
19443 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19444 ==============================================
19445
19446 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19447 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19448 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19449
19450 `octave-block-offset'
19451 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19452 Default is 2.
19453
19454 `octave-continuation-offset'
19455 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19456 Default is 4.
19457
19458 `octave-continuation-string'
19459 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19460 Default is a backslash.
19461
19462 `octave-send-echo-input'
19463 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19464 command to the inferior Octave process.
19465
19466 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19467 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19468 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19469
19470 `octave-send-echo-input'
19471 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19472
19473 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19474
19475 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19476 following lines to your init file:
19477
19478 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19479
19480 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19481 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19482
19483 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19484 (lambda ()
19485 (abbrev-mode 1)
19486 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19487
19488 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19489 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19490 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19491 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19492
19493 \(fn)" t nil)
19494
19495 ;;;***
19496 \f
19497 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19498 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19499 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19500 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19501 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19502 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19503 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20716 21904 19206 0))
19504 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19505
19506 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19507 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19508
19509 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19510
19511 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19512 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19513 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19514 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19515 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19516
19517 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19518
19519 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19520 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19521
19522 \(fn)" nil nil)
19523
19524 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19525 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19526
19527 \(fn)" nil nil)
19528
19529 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19530 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19531 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19532
19533 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19534 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19535 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19536 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19537 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19538 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19539 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19540 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19541 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19542 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19543
19544 The following commands are available:
19545
19546 \\{org-mode-map}
19547
19548 \(fn)" t nil)
19549
19550 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19551 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19552
19553 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19554 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19555 in special contexts.
19556
19557 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19558 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19559 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19560 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19561 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19562 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19563 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19564 properties in the buffer.
19565 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19566 including any drawers.
19567
19568 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19569
19570 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19571 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19572 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19573 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19574 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19575 and zoom in further.
19576 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19577 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19578
19579 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19580 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19581 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19582 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19583 times right after creating a new headline.
19584
19585 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19586 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19587 is negative, go up that many levels.
19588
19589 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19590 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19591 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19592
19593 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19594 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19595 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19596 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19597
19598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19599
19600 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19601 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19602 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19603 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19604
19605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19606
19607 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19608 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19609 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19610 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19611 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19612 defined by Org-mode).
19613
19614 M-up Move entry/item up
19615 M-down Move entry/item down
19616 M-left Promote
19617 M-right Demote
19618 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19619 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19620 M-S-left Promote subtree
19621 M-S-right Demote subtree
19622 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19623 C-c ^ Sort entries
19624 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19625 TAB Cycle item visibility
19626 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19627 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19628 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19629
19630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19631
19632 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19633 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19634
19635 \(fn)" nil nil)
19636
19637 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19638 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19639
19640 \(fn)" nil nil)
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19643 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19644 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19645 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19646 call CMD.
19647
19648 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19649
19650 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19651 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19652 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19653 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19654
19655 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19656 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19657 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19658
19659 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19660
19661 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19662 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19663 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19664
19665 \(fn)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19668 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19669 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19670 Org-mode syntax.
19671
19672 \(fn)" t nil)
19673
19674 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19675 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19676
19677 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19678
19679 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19680 Switch between Org buffers.
19681 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19682 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19683
19684 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19685 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19686
19687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19688
19689 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19690
19691 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19692
19693 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19694 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19695 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19696 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19697
19698 \(fn)" t nil)
19699
19700 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19701 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19702
19703 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19704
19705 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19706 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19707 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19708
19709 \(fn)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19712 Reload all org lisp files.
19713 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19714
19715 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19716
19717 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19718 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19719
19720 \(fn)" t nil)
19721
19722 ;;;***
19723 \f
19724 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19725 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19726 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19727 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19728 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19729 ;;;;;; (20716 59992 836492 0))
19730 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19731
19732 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19733 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19734
19735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19736
19737 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19738 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19739 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19740 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19741
19742 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19743 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19744 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19745 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19746 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19747 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19748 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19749 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19750 e Export views to associated files.
19751 s Search entries for keywords.
19752 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19753 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19754 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19755 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19756 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19757 > Remove a previous restriction.
19758 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19759 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19760 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19761
19762 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19763 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19764 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19765
19766 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19767 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19768 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19769 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19770 \(if active).
19771
19772 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19773
19774 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19775 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19776 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19777 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19778 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19779 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19780 before running the agenda command.
19781
19782 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19783
19784 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19785 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19786 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19787 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19788 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19789 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19790 before running the agenda command.
19791
19792 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19793 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19794
19795 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19796
19797 category The category of the item
19798 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19799 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19800 todo selected in TODO match
19801 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19802 diary imported from diary
19803 deadline a deadline on given date
19804 scheduled scheduled on given date
19805 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19806 closed entry was closed on given date
19807 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19808 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19809 block entry has date block including g. date
19810 todo The todo keyword, if any
19811 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19812 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19813 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19814 extra Sting with extra planning info
19815 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19816 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19817 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19818
19819 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19820
19821 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19822
19823
19824 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19825
19826 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19827 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19828
19829 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19830
19831 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19832 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19833 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19834 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19835
19836 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19837 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19838 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19839
19840 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19841 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19842
19843 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19844
19845 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19846 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19847
19848 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19849 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19850 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19851 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19852 EDIT-AT.
19853
19854 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19855 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19856 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19857 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19858 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19859 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19860
19861 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19862 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19863 including newlines.
19864
19865 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19866 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19867 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19868 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19869 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19870 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19871 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19872
19873 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19874 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19875 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19876 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19877
19878 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19879 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19880 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19881 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19882 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19883 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19884 Boolean search must match as full words.
19885
19886 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19887 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19888
19889 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19892 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19893 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19894 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19895 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19896 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19897
19898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19901 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19902 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19903
19904 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19905
19906 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19907 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19908 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19909 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19910 `org-stuck-projects'.
19911
19912 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19913
19914 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19915 Return diary information from org files.
19916 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19917 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19918 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19919 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19920 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19921
19922 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19923
19924 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19925
19926 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19927 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19928
19929 &%%(org-diary)
19930
19931 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19932 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19933 So the example above may also be written as
19934
19935 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19936
19937 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19938 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19939 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19940
19941 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19942
19943 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19944 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19945 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19946
19947 \(fn)" t nil)
19948
19949 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19950 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19951 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19952 appointments.
19953
19954 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19955 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19956
19957 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19958 for filtering entries out.
19959
19960 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19961 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19962 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19963
19964 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19965 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19966
19967 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19968 (category \"Work\"))
19969
19970 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19971 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19972
19973 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19974 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19975 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19976 details and examples.
19977
19978 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19979 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19980
19981 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19982
19983 ;;;***
19984 \f
19985 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
19986 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
19987 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
19988
19989 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
19990 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
19991 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
19992 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
19993 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
19994 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
19995 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
19996 in org-export-latex-classes.
19997
19998 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
19999
20000 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
20001 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20002
20003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20004
20005 ;;;***
20006 \f
20007 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20008 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20716
20009 ;;;;;; 21904 19206 0))
20010 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20011
20012 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20013
20014
20015 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20016
20017 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20018 Capture something.
20019 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20020 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20021 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20022 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20023 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20024 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20025
20026 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20027 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20028 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20029 stored.
20030
20031 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20032
20033 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20034 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20035 will be bypassed.
20036
20037 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20038 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20039
20040 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20041
20042 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20043 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20044
20045 \(fn)" t nil)
20046
20047 ;;;***
20048 \f
20049 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20050 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20716 21904
20051 ;;;;;; 19206 0))
20052 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20055 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20056 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20057
20058 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20059
20060 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20061 Write the column view table.
20062 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20063
20064 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20065 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20066 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20067 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20068 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20069 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20070 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20071 using `org-id-find'.
20072 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20073 a hline before each level <= that number.
20074 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20075 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20076 :skip-empty-rows
20077 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20078 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20079
20080 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20081
20082 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20083 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20084
20085 \(fn)" t nil)
20086
20087 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20088 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20089
20090 \(fn)" t nil)
20091
20092 ;;;***
20093 \f
20094 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20095 ;;;;;; (20716 21904 19206 0))
20096 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20097
20098 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20099 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20100
20101 \(fn)" nil t)
20102
20103 ;;;***
20104 \f
20105 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20106 ;;;;;; (20716 59992 836492 0))
20107 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20108
20109 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20110 The release version of org-mode.
20111 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20112
20113 \(fn)" nil nil)
20114
20115 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20116 The Git version of org-mode.
20117 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20118
20119 \(fn)" nil nil)
20120
20121 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20122 The location of ODT styles.")
20123
20124 ;;;***
20125 \f
20126 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20127 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20128 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20129 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20130 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20131
20132 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20133 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20134 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20135 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20136
20137 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20138 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20139 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20140 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20141
20142 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20143 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20144 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20145 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20146 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20147 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20148
20149 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20150 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20151 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20152
20153 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20154 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20155 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20156 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20157 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20158 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20159 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20160 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20161 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20162 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20163 The subheadings remain visible.
20164 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20165
20166 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20167 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20168 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20169
20170 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20171 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20172
20173 \(fn)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20176 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20180
20181 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20182
20183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20184 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20185
20186 ;;;***
20187 \f
20188 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20189 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20190 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20191 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20192 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20193
20194 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20195 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20196 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20197 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20198 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20199
20200 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20201 activate the package system at any time.")
20202
20203 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20204
20205 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20206 Install the package named NAME.
20207 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20208 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20209
20210 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20211
20212 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20213 Install a package from the current buffer.
20214 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20215 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20216 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20217
20218 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20219 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20220 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20221
20222 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20225 Install a package from a file.
20226 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20227
20228 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20229
20230 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20231 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20232 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20233 makes them available for download.
20234
20235 \(fn)" t nil)
20236
20237 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20238 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20239 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20240 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20241
20242 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20243
20244 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20245 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20246
20247 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20248
20249 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20250 Display a list of packages.
20251 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20252 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20253 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20254
20255 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20256
20257 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20258
20259 ;;;***
20260 \f
20261 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20707 18685
20262 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
20263 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20264
20265 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20266 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20267 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20270 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20271
20272 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20273
20274 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20275 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20276 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20277 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20278 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20279
20280 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20281 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20282 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20283
20284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20285
20286 ;;;***
20287 \f
20288 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20289 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20290 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20291 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20292
20293 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20294 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20295 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20296 unknown are returned as nil.
20297
20298 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20299
20300 ;;;***
20301 \f
20302 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20707
20303 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20305
20306 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20307 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20308 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20309
20310 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20311 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20312
20313 Other useful functions are:
20314
20315 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20316 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20317 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20318 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20319 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20320 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20321 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20322 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20323 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20324
20325 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20326
20327 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20328 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20329 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20330 Indentation for case statements.
20331 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20332 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20333 mark after an end.
20334 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20335 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20336 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20337 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20338 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20339 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20340 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20341 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20342 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20343 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20344
20345 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20346 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20347
20348 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20349 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20350
20351 \(fn)" t nil)
20352
20353 ;;;***
20354 \f
20355 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20356 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20707 18685 911514
20357 ;;;;;; 0))
20358 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20359
20360 (defvar password-cache t "\
20361 Whether to cache passwords.")
20362
20363 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20364
20365 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20366 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20367 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20368
20369 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20370
20371 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20372 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20373
20374 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20375
20376 ;;;***
20377 \f
20378 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20379 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20381
20382 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20383 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20384 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20385
20386 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20387 _ matches anything.
20388 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20389 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20390 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20391 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20392 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20393 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20394 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20395 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20396 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20397 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20398
20399 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20400 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20401 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20402 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20403 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20404 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20405
20406 PRED can take the form
20407 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20408 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20409 which is the value being matched.
20410 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20411 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20412 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20413 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20414 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20415
20416 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20417
20418 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20419
20420 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20421 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20422 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20423 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20424
20425 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20426
20427 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20428
20429 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20430 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20431 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20432 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20433
20434 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20435
20436 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20437
20438 ;;;***
20439 \f
20440 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20707
20441 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20442 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20443
20444 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20445 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20446
20447 \(fn)" nil nil)
20448
20449 ;;;***
20450 \f
20451 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20452 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
20453 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20454
20455 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20456 Completion for `gzip'.
20457
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459
20460 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20461 Completion for `bzip2'.
20462
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464
20465 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20466 Completion for GNU `make'.
20467
20468 \(fn)" nil nil)
20469
20470 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20471 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20472
20473 \(fn)" nil nil)
20474
20475 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20476
20477 ;;;***
20478 \f
20479 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20480 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
20481 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20484 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20489 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20494 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20495
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497
20498 ;;;***
20499 \f
20500 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20707
20501 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20502 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20503
20504 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20505 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20506
20507 \(fn)" nil nil)
20508
20509 ;;;***
20510 \f
20511 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20512 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20513 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20707 18685 911514
20514 ;;;;;; 0))
20515 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20516
20517 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20518 Completion for `cd'.
20519
20520 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521
20522 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20523
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20525 Completion for `rmdir'.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20530 Completion for `rm'.
20531
20532 \(fn)" nil nil)
20533
20534 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20535 Completion for `xargs'.
20536
20537 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538
20539 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20542 Completion for `which'.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20547 Completion for the `chown' command.
20548
20549 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550
20551 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20552 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20553
20554 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555
20556 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20557 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20558
20559 \(fn)" nil nil)
20560
20561 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20562 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20563 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20564
20565 \(fn)" nil nil)
20566
20567 ;;;***
20568 \f
20569 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20570 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20571 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20707
20572 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
20573 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20574
20575 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20576 Support extensible programmable completion.
20577 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20578 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20579
20580 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20581
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20583 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20584
20585 \(fn)" t nil)
20586
20587 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20588 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20589 This will modify the current buffer.
20590
20591 \(fn)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20594 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20595
20596 \(fn)" t nil)
20597
20598 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20599 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20600 This will modify the current buffer.
20601
20602 \(fn)" t nil)
20603
20604 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20605 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20606
20607 \(fn)" t nil)
20608
20609 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20610 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20611
20612 \(fn)" t nil)
20613
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20615 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20616 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20617 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20618 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20619
20620 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20621
20622 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20623 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20624
20625 \(fn)" nil nil)
20626
20627 ;;;***
20628 \f
20629 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20630 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20631 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
20632 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20633
20634 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20635 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20636 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20637 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20638
20639 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20640
20641 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20642
20643 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20644 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20645 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20646 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20647 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20648 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20649 FLAGS is ignored.
20650
20651 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20652
20653 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20654 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20655 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20656 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20657 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20658 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20659 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20660 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20661
20662 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20663
20664 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20665 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20666 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20667 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20668 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20669 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20670 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20671 passed to cvs.
20672
20673 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20674
20675 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20676 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20677 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20678 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20679 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20680 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20681 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20682
20683 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20684
20685 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20686 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20687 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20688
20689 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20690
20691 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20692 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20693 A value of nil means never do it.
20694 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20695 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20696 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20697
20698 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20699
20700 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20701 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20702 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20703
20704 ;;;***
20705 \f
20706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20707 18685
20707 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
20708 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20709
20710 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20711 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20712
20713 ;;;***
20714 \f
20715 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20716 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20717 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20718 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20719 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20720 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20721 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20722 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20723 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20724
20725 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20726 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20727 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20728 Tab indents for Perl code.
20729 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20730 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20731 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20732 \\{perl-mode-map}
20733 Variables controlling indentation style:
20734 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20735 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20736 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20737 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20738 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20739 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20740 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20741 `perl-nochange'
20742 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20743 `perl-indent-level'
20744 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20745 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20746 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20747 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20748 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20749 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20750 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20751 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20752 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20753 `perl-brace-offset'
20754 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20755 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20756 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20757 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20758 `perl-label-offset'
20759 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20760 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20761 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20762
20763 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20764 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20765 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20766 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20767 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20768 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20769 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20770
20771 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20772
20773 \(fn)" t nil)
20774
20775 ;;;***
20776 \f
20777 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20778 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20779 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20780
20781 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20782 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20783 \\<picture-mode-map>
20784 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20785 afterwards settable by these commands:
20786
20787 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20788 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20789 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20790 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20791
20792 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20793 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20794 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20795 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20796
20797 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20798 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20799 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20800 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20801
20802 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20803 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20804 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20805 with these commands:
20806
20807 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20808 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20809 Move to column following last
20810 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20811 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20812 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20813 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20814 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20815 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20816
20817 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20818
20819 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20820 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20821 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20822 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20823 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20824 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20825
20826 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20827 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20828 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20829 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20830 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20831 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20832 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20833
20834 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20835 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20836 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20837 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20838 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20839 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20840 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20841 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20842
20843 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20844 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20845 by supplying an argument.
20846
20847 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20848
20849 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20850 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20851
20852 \(fn)" t nil)
20853
20854 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20855
20856 ;;;***
20857 \f
20858 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20859 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20860 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20861
20862 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20863 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20864
20865 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20866
20867 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20868 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20869
20870 \(fn)" t nil)
20871
20872 ;;;***
20873 \f
20874 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20875 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20877
20878 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20879 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20880 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20881
20882 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20883
20884 ;;;***
20885 \f
20886 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20707 18685 911514
20887 ;;;;;; 0))
20888 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20889
20890 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20891 Play pong and waste time.
20892 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20893 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20894
20895 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20896
20897 \\{pong-mode-map}
20898
20899 \(fn)" t nil)
20900
20901 ;;;***
20902 \f
20903 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20707 18685
20904 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
20905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20906
20907 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20908 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20909 Use streaming commands.
20910
20911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20912
20913 ;;;***
20914 \f
20915 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20916 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20917 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20918 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20919
20920 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20921 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20922 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20923 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20924
20925 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20926
20927 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20928 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20929
20930 \(fn)" nil nil)
20931
20932 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20933 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20934 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20935 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20936 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20937
20938 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20939
20940 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20941 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20942 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20943
20944 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20945
20946 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20947 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20948
20949 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20950
20951 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20952 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20953 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20954 Ignores leading comment characters.
20955
20956 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20957
20958 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20959 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20960 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20961 Ignores leading comment characters.
20962
20963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20964
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20968 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20969 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20970 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20971 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20972 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20973 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20974 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20975 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20976 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20977 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20978 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20979 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20980 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20981 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20982 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20983 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20984 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20985 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
20986 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20987
20988 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20989 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20990
20991 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20992
20993 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20994
20995 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20996
20997 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20998 Preview directory using ghostview.
20999
21000 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21001 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21002 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21003 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21004
21005 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21006 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21007 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21008 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21009 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21010 file name.
21011
21012 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21013
21014 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21017 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21018
21019 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21020 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21021 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21022 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21023
21024 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21025 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21026 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21027 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21028 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21029 file name.
21030
21031 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21032
21033 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21034
21035 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21036 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21037
21038 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21039 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21040 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21041 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21042
21043 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21044 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21045 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21046 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21047 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21048 file name.
21049
21050 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21051
21052 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053
21054 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21055 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21056
21057 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21058
21059 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21060 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21061 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21062 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21063
21064 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21065 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21066 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21067 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21068 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21069 file name.
21070
21071 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21072
21073 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21074
21075 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21076 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21077
21078 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21079 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21080 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21081
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21083 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21084 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21085 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21086
21087 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21088
21089 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21090 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21091
21092 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21093 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21094 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21095
21096 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21097 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21098 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21099 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21100
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21104 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21105
21106 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21107 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21108 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21109
21110 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21111 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21112 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21113 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21114
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21116
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21118 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21119
21120 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21121
21122 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21123 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21124 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21125
21126 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21127 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21128 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21129 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21130
21131 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21132
21133 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21134 Preview region using ghostview.
21135
21136 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21137
21138 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21139
21140 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21141 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21142
21143 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21144
21145 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21146
21147 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21148 Print region using PostScript printer.
21149
21150 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21151
21152 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21153
21154 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21155 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21156
21157 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21158
21159 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21160
21161 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21162 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21163
21164 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21165
21166 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21167
21168 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21169 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21170
21171 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21172
21173 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21176 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21177
21178 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21179
21180 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21181
21182 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21183 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21184
21185 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21186
21187 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21188
21189 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21190 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21191 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21192 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21193
21194 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21195 matching.
21196
21197 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21198 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21199
21200 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21201
21202 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21203
21204 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21205 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21206 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21207 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21208
21209 \(fn)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21212 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21213 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21214 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21215
21216 \(fn)" t nil)
21217
21218 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21219 Print directory using text printer.
21220
21221 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21222 matching.
21223
21224 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21225 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21226
21227 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21228
21229 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21232 Print buffer using text printer.
21233
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21237 Print region using text printer.
21238
21239 \(fn)" t nil)
21240
21241 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21242 Print major mode using text printer.
21243
21244 \(fn)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21247 Preview spooled PostScript.
21248
21249 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21250 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21251 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21252
21253 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21254 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21255 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21256
21257 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21258
21259 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21260 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21261
21262 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21263 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21264 instead of sending it to the printer.
21265
21266 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21267 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21268 image in a file with that name.
21269
21270 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21271
21272 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21273 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21274
21275 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21276 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21277 instead of sending it to the printer.
21278
21279 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21280 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21281 image in a file with that name.
21282
21283 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21286 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21287
21288 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21289 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21290 instead of sending it to the printer.
21291
21292 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21293 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21294 image in a file with that name.
21295
21296 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21297
21298 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21299 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21300
21301 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21302
21303 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21304 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21305
21306 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21307
21308 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21309 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21310
21311 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21312
21313 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21314 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21315
21316 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21319 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21320
21321 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21324 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21325
21326 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21327 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21328 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21329 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21330
21331 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21332 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21333 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21334 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21335 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21336 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21337 file name.
21338
21339 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21342 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21343
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21347 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21348
21349 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21350 right.
21351 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21352 bottom.
21353
21354 \(fn)" t nil)
21355
21356 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21357 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21358
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21362 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21363
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21367 Toggle printing with faces.
21368
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21372 Toggle spooling.
21373
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21377 Toggle duplex.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21382 Toggle tumble.
21383
21384 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21385 right.
21386 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21387 bottom.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21392 Toggle landscape.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21397 Toggle upside-down.
21398
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21402 Toggle line number.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21407 Toggle zebra stripes.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21412 Toggle printing header.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21417 Toggle printing header frame.
21418
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21422 Toggle menu lock.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21427 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21432 Toggle auto mode.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21437 Customization of the `printing' group.
21438
21439 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21442 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21443
21444 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21447 Help for the printing package.
21448
21449 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21452 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21453
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21457 Interactively select a text printer.
21458
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21462 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21463
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21467 Show current ps-print settings.
21468
21469 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21472 Show current printing settings.
21473
21474 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21475
21476 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21477 Show current lpr settings.
21478
21479 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21480
21481 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21482 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21483
21484 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21485 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21486 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21487 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21488
21489
21490 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21491
21492 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21493 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21494 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21495
21496 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21497 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21498 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21499 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21500 current active printer.
21501
21502 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21503 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21504 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21505 printer.
21506
21507 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21508 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21509 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21510 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21511 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21512
21513
21514 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21515 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21516
21517 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21518
21519 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21520 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21521 be done using the new current active printer.
21522
21523 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21524 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21525 printer.
21526
21527 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21528 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21529 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21530 instead of sending it to the printer.
21531
21532 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21533 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21534 printer.
21535
21536 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21537
21538
21539 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21540 are both set to t.
21541
21542 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21543
21544 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21545 Fast fire function for text printing.
21546
21547 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21548 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21549 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21550 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21551
21552 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21553 user for a new active text printer.
21554
21555 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21556
21557 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21558
21559 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21560 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21561 printer.
21562
21563 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21564
21565 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21566 are both set to t.
21567
21568 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21569
21570 ;;;***
21571 \f
21572 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20707 18685 911514
21573 ;;;;;; 0))
21574 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21575
21576 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21577 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21578 \\<proced-mode-map>
21579 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21580 the process information.
21581
21582 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21583
21584 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21585 Proced buffers.
21586
21587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21588
21589 ;;;***
21590 \f
21591 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21592 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21593 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
21594 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21595
21596 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21597 Start/restart profilers.
21598 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21599 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21600 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21601
21602 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21603
21604 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21605 Open profile FILENAME.
21606
21607 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21608
21609 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21610 Open profile FILENAME.
21611
21612 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21613
21614 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21615 Open profile FILENAME.
21616
21617 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21618
21619 ;;;***
21620 \f
21621 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21622 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
21623 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21624
21625 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21626 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21627
21628 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21629 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21630
21631 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21632
21633 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21634 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21635
21636 Commands:
21637 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21638 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21639 if that value is non-nil.
21640
21641 \(fn)" t nil)
21642
21643 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21644 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21645 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21646
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21648
21649 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21650 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21651 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21652
21653 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21654
21655 ;;;***
21656 \f
21657 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20707
21658 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
21659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21660
21661 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21662 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21663 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21664
21665 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21666
21667 ;;;***
21668 \f
21669 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20707
21670 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
21671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21672
21673 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21674 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21675
21676 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21677
21678 The following variables hold user options, and can
21679 be set through the `customize' command:
21680
21681 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21682 `ps-mode-tab'
21683 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21684 `ps-mode-print-function'
21685 `ps-run-prompt'
21686 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21687 `ps-run-x'
21688 `ps-run-dumb'
21689 `ps-run-init'
21690 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21691 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21692
21693 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21694
21695
21696 \\{ps-mode-map}
21697
21698
21699 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21700 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21701 The keymap for this second window is:
21702
21703 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21704
21705
21706 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21707 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21708 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21709 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21710 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21711
21712 \(fn)" t nil)
21713
21714 ;;;***
21715 \f
21716 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21717 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21718 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21719 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21720 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21721 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20707
21722 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
21723 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21724
21725 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21726 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21727 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21728
21729 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21730
21731 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21732 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21733 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21734 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21735
21736 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21737
21738 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21739 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21740
21741 Valid values are:
21742
21743 nil Do not print colors.
21744
21745 t Print colors.
21746
21747 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21748 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21749
21750 Any other value is treated as t.")
21751
21752 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21753
21754 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21755 Customization of ps-print group.
21756
21757 \(fn)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21760 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21761
21762 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21763 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21764 sending it to the printer.
21765
21766 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21767 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21768 image in a file with that name.
21769
21770 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21771
21772 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21773 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21774 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21775 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21776 so it has a way to determine color values.
21777
21778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21779
21780 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21781 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21782 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21783
21784 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21785
21786 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21787 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21788 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21789 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21790 so it has a way to determine color values.
21791
21792 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21793
21794 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21795 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21796 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21797 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21798
21799 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21800
21801 \(fn)" t nil)
21802
21803 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21804 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21805 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21806 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21807 so it has a way to determine color values.
21808
21809 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21810
21811 \(fn)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21814 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21815 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21816
21817 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21818
21819 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21820
21821 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21822 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21823 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21824 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21825 so it has a way to determine color values.
21826
21827 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21828
21829 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21830
21831 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21832 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21833
21834 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21835 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21836 instead of sending it to the printer.
21837
21838 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21839 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21840 image in a file with that name.
21841
21842 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21843
21844 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21845 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21846 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21847 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21848 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21849
21850 \(fn)" t nil)
21851
21852 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21853 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21854 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21855
21856 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21857
21858 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21859 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21860 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21861
21862 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21863
21864 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21865 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21866
21867 \(fn)" nil nil)
21868
21869 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21870 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21871
21872 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21873 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21874
21875 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21876 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21877
21878 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21879
21880 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21881
21882 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21883
21884 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21885 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21886
21887 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21888 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21889
21890 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21891 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21892
21893 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21894
21895 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21896
21897 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21898
21899 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21900 foreground and background colors respectively.
21901
21902 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21903 bold - use bold font.
21904 italic - use italic font.
21905 underline - put a line under text.
21906 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21907 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21908 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21909 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21910 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21911
21912 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21913
21914 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21915
21916 ;;;***
21917 \f
21918 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21919 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
21920 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21921
21922 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21923
21924 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21925
21926 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21927 Run an inferior Python process.
21928 Input and output via buffer named after
21929 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21930 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21931
21932 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21933 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21934 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21935 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21936
21937 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21938 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21939 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21940
21941 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21942
21943 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21944 Major mode for editing Python files.
21945
21946 \\{python-mode-map}
21947 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21948 if that value is non-nil.
21949
21950 \(fn)" t nil)
21951
21952 ;;;***
21953 \f
21954 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21955 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
21956 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21957
21958 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21959 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21960 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21961 coding-system.
21962
21963 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21964 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21965
21966 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21967 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21968 them into characters should be done separately.
21969
21970 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21971
21972 ;;;***
21973 \f
21974 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21975 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21976 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21977 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21978 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
21979 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21980
21981 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21982 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21983
21984 \(fn)" nil nil)
21985
21986 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21987 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21988 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21989
21990 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21991 `quail-activate', which see.
21992
21993 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21994
21995 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21996 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21997 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21998 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21999 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22000 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22001 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22002
22003 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22004 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22005 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22006 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22007 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22008 shown.
22009 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22010
22011 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22012 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22013 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22014 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22015 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22016 list of candidates.
22017
22018 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22019 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22020 command to be called.
22021
22022 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22023 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22024 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22025 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22026
22027 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22028 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22029 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22030 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22031 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22032 to t.
22033
22034 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22035 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22036 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22037 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22038
22039 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22040 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22041 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22042 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22043
22044 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22045 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22046 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22047 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22048 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22049 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22050
22051 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22052 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22053 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22054 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22055 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22056 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22057
22058 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22059 covers Quail translation region.
22060
22061 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22062 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22063 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22064 for it) is inserted.
22065
22066 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22067 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22068 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22069
22070 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22071 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22072 non-Quail commands.
22073
22074 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22075
22076 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22077 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22078
22079 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22080 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22081 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22082 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22083 you type is correctly handled.
22084
22085 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22086
22087 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22088 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22089
22090 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22091 keyboard type.
22092
22093 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22094
22095 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22096 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22097 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22098 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22099 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22100 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22101 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22102 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22103 for the translation.
22104 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22105
22106 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22107 it is used to handle KEY.
22108
22109 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22110 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22111 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22112 the following annotation types are supported.
22113
22114 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22115 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22116
22117 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22118 candidate list.
22119
22120 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22121 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22122 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22123 inserted.
22124
22125 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22126 generated for the following translations.
22127
22128 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22129
22130 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22131 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22132
22133 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22134 which to install MAP.
22135
22136 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22137
22138 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22139
22140 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22141 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22142
22143 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22144 which to install MAP.
22145
22146 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22147
22148 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22149
22150 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22151 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22152 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22153 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22154 a function, or a cons.
22155 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22156 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22157 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22158 for the translation.
22159 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22160 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22161 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22162 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22163 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22164
22165 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22166 it is used to handle KEY.
22167
22168 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22169 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22170 current Quail package.
22171
22172 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22173 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22174
22175 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22176
22177 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22178 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22179
22180 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22181 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22182
22183 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22184
22185 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22186 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22187
22188 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22189
22190 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22191 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22192 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22193 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22194 of the Emacs source tree.
22195
22196 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22197 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22198
22199 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22200 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22201 of each directory.
22202
22203 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22204
22205 ;;;***
22206 \f
22207 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22208 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22209 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20707
22210 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22211 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22212
22213 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22214 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22215 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22216 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22217
22218 To make use of this do something like:
22219
22220 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22221
22222 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22223
22224 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22225 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22226
22227 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22228 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22229 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22230
22231 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22232
22233 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22234 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22235
22236 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22237
22238 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22239 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22240
22241 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22242 is decided.
22243
22244 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22245
22246 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22247 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22248
22249 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22250 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22251 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22252
22253 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22256 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22257
22258 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22259
22260 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22261 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22262
22263 \(fn)" t nil)
22264
22265 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22266 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22267
22268 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22269
22270 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22271
22272 \(fn)" t nil)
22273
22274 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22275 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22276
22277 \(fn)" t nil)
22278
22279 ;;;***
22280 \f
22281 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22282 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22284
22285 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22286 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22287
22288 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22289
22290 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22291
22292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22293
22294 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22295
22296 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22297
22298
22299 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22300
22301 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22302 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22303 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22305 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22306 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22307
22308 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22309
22310 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22311 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22312 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22313 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22314 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22315
22316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22317
22318 ;;;***
22319 \f
22320 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20707
22321 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22323
22324 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22325 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22326 See \\[compile].
22327
22328 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22329
22330 ;;;***
22331 \f
22332 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22333 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22334 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22335
22336 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22337
22338 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22339 Construct a regexp interactively.
22340 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22341 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22342 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22343
22344 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22345 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22346
22347 \(fn)" t nil)
22348
22349 ;;;***
22350 \f
22351 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20707 18685
22352 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
22353 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22354
22355 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22356 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22357 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22360 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22361
22362 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22363
22364 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22365 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22368 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22369
22370 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22371 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22372 were operated on recently.
22373
22374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22375
22376 ;;;***
22377 \f
22378 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22379 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22380 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22381 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22382 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
22383 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22384
22385 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22386 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22387 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22388 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22389 ends.
22390
22391 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22392 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22393 to be deleted.
22394
22395 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22396
22397 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22398 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22399 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22400
22401 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22402 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22403 deleted.
22404
22405 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22406
22407 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22408 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22409 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22410
22411 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22412
22413 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22414 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22415
22416 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22417 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22418
22419 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22420 deleted.
22421
22422 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22423 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22424 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22425 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22426 even beep.)
22427
22428 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22431 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22432
22433 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22434
22435 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22436 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22437
22438 \(fn)" t nil)
22439
22440 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22441 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22442 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22443 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22444 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22445 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22446 and point is at the lower right corner.
22447
22448 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22449
22450 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22451 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22452
22453 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22454 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22455
22456 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22457 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22458 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22459
22460 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22461
22462 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22463
22464 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22465 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22466 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22467 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22468 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22469
22470 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22471 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22472
22473 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22474
22475 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22477 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22478
22479 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22480
22481 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22482
22483 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22484
22485 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22486 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22487
22488 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22489 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22490 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22491
22492 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22493
22494 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22495 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22496 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22497
22498 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22499 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22500 rectangle which were empty.
22501
22502 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22503
22504 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22505 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22506
22507 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22508 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22509 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22510 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22511
22512 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22513
22514 ;;;***
22515 \f
22516 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20707
22517 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22519
22520 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22521 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22523 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22524 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22525
22526 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22527 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22528 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22529 auto-filling.
22530
22531 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22532
22533 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22534
22535 ;;;***
22536 \f
22537 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22538 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20707 18685
22539 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22541
22542 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22543 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22544
22545 \(fn)" nil nil)
22546
22547 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22548 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22549
22550 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22551 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22552
22553 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22554 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22555 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22556 \\ref macro.
22557
22558 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22559 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22560 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22561
22562 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22563 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22564 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22565
22566 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22567 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22568
22569 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22570 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22571
22572 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22573 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22574 on the menu bar.
22575
22576 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22577
22578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22579
22580 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22581 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22582 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22583
22584 \(fn)" nil nil)
22585
22586 ;;;***
22587 \f
22588 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22589 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22590 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22591
22592 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22593 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22594 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22595 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22596 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22597 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22598
22599 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22600
22601 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22602
22603 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22604 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22605 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22606 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22607 `reftex-cite-format'.
22608
22609 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22610 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22611 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22612 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22613
22614 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22615
22616 ;;;***
22617 \f
22618 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22619 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22621
22622 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22623 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22624 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22625 the current TeX document.
22626
22627 With no argument, this command toggles
22628 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22629 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22630
22631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22632
22633 ;;;***
22634 \f
22635 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22636 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22637 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22638
22639 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22640 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22641 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22642
22643 To insert new phrases, use
22644 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22645 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22646
22647 To index phrases use one of:
22648
22649 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22650 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22651 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22652 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22653 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22654
22655 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22656 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22657
22658 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22659
22660 Here are all local bindings.
22661
22662 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22663
22664 \(fn)" t nil)
22665
22666 ;;;***
22667 \f
22668 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22669 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22670 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22671
22672 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22673 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22674 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22675 of master file.
22676
22677 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22678
22679 ;;;***
22680 \f
22681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20707
22682 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
22683 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22684 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22685 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22686 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22687 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22688
22689 ;;;***
22690 \f
22691 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22692 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22693 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22694
22695 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22696 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22697 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22698 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22699 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22700 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22701
22702 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22703 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22704
22705 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22706 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22707 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22708 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22709
22710 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22711
22712 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22713 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22714 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22715 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22716
22717 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22718
22719 ;;;***
22720 \f
22721 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22722 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22725
22726 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22727 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22728 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22729 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22730
22731 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22732
22733 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22734
22735 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22736 Call `remember' in another frame.
22737
22738 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22739
22740 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22741 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22742 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22743 application.
22744
22745 \(fn)" t nil)
22746
22747 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22748 Extract diary entries from the region.
22749
22750 \(fn)" nil nil)
22751
22752 ;;;***
22753 \f
22754 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20707 18685 911514
22755 ;;;;;; 0))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22757
22758 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22759 Repeat most recently executed command.
22760 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22761 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22762 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22763
22764 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22765 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22766 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22767 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22768
22769 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22770 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22771 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22772
22773 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22774
22775 ;;;***
22776 \f
22777 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22778 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22780
22781 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22782 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22783
22784 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22785 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22786 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22787 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22788 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22789 and point is left after the salutation.
22790
22791 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22792 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22793 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22794 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22795 left after that text.
22796
22797 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22798 is non-nil.
22799
22800 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22801 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22802 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22803 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22804
22805 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22806
22807 ;;;***
22808 \f
22809 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22810 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22811 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22812
22813 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22814 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22815 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22816 visibility of comments that precede it.
22817 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22818 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22819 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22820 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22821 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22822 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22823 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22824 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22825 the comment lines.
22826 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22827 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22828 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22829 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22830 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22831
22832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22833
22834 ;;;***
22835 \f
22836 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22837 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22838 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22839
22840 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22841 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22842 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22843 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22844 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22845
22846 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22847 reveals invisible text around point.
22848
22849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22850
22851 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22852 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22853 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22854 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22855 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22856 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22857
22858 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22859
22860 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22861 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22862 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22863
22864 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22865 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22866 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22867
22868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22869
22870 ;;;***
22871 \f
22872 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22873 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
22874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22875
22876 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22877 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22878
22879 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22880
22881 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22882 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22883
22884 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22885
22886 ;;;***
22887 \f
22888 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20707 18685
22889 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
22890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22891
22892 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22893 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22894 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22895 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22896
22897 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22898
22899 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22900 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22901 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22902 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22903
22904 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22905 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22906
22907 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22908 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22909
22910 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22911 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22912 INPUT-ARGS.
22913
22914 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22915 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22916 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22917 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22918 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22919
22920 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22921 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22922 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22923 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22924
22925 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22926 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22927 variable.
22928
22929 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22930
22931 ;;;***
22932 \f
22933 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22934 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22935 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22936 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22937 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22938 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20709 57006 458286
22939 ;;;;;; 0))
22940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22941
22942 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22943 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22944
22945 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22946
22947 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22948
22949 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22950 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22951 Its name should end with a slash.")
22952
22953 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22954 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22955
22956 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22957 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22958 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22959
22960 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22961
22962 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22963 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22964 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22965 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22966 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22967 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22968 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22969
22970 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22971 sent by you under different user names.
22972 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22973
22974 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22975
22976 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22977
22978 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22981 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22982 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22983 explicitly.")
22984
22985 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22986
22987 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22988 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22989 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22990 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22991 which normally happens once for each message,
22992 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22993 To make a change in this variable take effect
22994 for a message that you have already viewed,
22995 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22996
22997 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22998
22999 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23000 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23001 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23002 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23003
23004 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23005
23006 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23007 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23008
23009 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23010
23011 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23012 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23013 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23014
23015 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23016
23017 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23018 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23019 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23020 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23021 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23022 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23023
23024 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23025
23026 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23027 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23028
23029 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23030
23031 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23032 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23033
23034 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23035
23036 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23037 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23038
23039 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23040 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23041
23042 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23043
23044 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23045 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23046
23047 This is set to nil by default.")
23048
23049 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23050 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23051 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23052 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23053 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23054 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23055 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23056
23057 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23058 Read and edit incoming mail.
23059 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23060 file in RMAIL Mode.
23061 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23062
23063 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23064 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23065 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23066 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23067
23068 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23069
23070 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23071
23072 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23073 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23074 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23075 Instead, these commands are available:
23076
23077 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23078 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23079 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23080 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23081 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23082 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23083 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23084 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23085 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23086 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23087 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23088 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23089 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23090 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23091 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23092 till a deleted message is found.
23093 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23094 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23095 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23096 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23097 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23098 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23099 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23100 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23101 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23102 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23103 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23104 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23105 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23106 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23107 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23108 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23109 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23110 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23111 (label defaults to last one specified).
23112 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23113 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23114 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23115 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23116 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23117 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23118 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23119 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23120 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23121
23122 \(fn)" t nil)
23123
23124 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23125 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23126
23127 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23128
23129 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23130 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23131
23132 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23133
23134 ;;;***
23135 \f
23136 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23137 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20707 18685
23138 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
23139 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23140 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23141
23142 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23143 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23144 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23145 case it writes Babyl.
23146
23147 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23148 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23149 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23150 `rmail-default-file'.
23151
23152 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23153 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23154 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23155
23156 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23157 the header display is currently pruned.
23158
23159 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23160 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23161 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23162 messages after output.
23163
23164 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23165 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23166 message (if writing a file directly).
23167
23168 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23169 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23170
23171 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23172
23173 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23174 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23175 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23176 i) the header is output as currently seen
23177 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23178 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23179
23180 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23181 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23182 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23183
23184 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23185
23186 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23187 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23188 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23189 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23190 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23191 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23192 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23193
23194 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23195 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23196 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23197
23198 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23199
23200 ;;;***
23201 \f
23202 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23203 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23204 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23205
23206 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23207 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23208 Return a pattern.
23209
23210 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23211
23212 ;;;***
23213 \f
23214 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23215 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23216 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23217
23218 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23219 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23220 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23221 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23222
23223 \(fn)" t nil)
23224
23225 ;;;***
23226 \f
23227 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23228 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23229 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23230
23231 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23232 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23233
23234 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23235 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23236 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23237 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23238 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23239 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23240 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23241 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23242 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23243 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23244
23245 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23246 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23247 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23248 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23249 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23250 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23251 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23252 to use for finding the schema.
23253
23254 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23255
23256 ;;;***
23257 \f
23258 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20707
23259 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23260 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23261
23262 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23263
23264 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23265 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23266 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23267 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23268 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23269 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23270 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23271 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23272 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23273 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23274 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23275 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23276 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23277 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23278 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23279 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23280 must be equal.
23281
23282 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23283
23284 ;;;***
23285 \f
23286 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23287 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28531 447943 0))
23288 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23289
23290 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23291 Define a robin package.
23292
23293 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23294 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23295 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23296 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23297
23298 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23299 one replaces the old one.
23300
23301 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23302
23303 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23304 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23305
23306 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23307 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23308 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23309
23310 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23311
23312 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23313 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23314
23315 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23316
23317 ;;;***
23318 \f
23319 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23320 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20707 18685 911514
23321 ;;;;;; 0))
23322 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23323
23324 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23325 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23326
23327 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23328
23329 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23330 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23331
23332 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23333
23334 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23335 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23336
23337 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23338
23339 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23340 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23341 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23342
23343 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23344 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23345 in ROT13.
23346
23347 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23348
23349 \(fn)" t nil)
23350
23351 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23352 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23353
23354 \(fn)" t nil)
23355
23356 ;;;***
23357 \f
23358 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23359 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23362
23363 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23364 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23365 \\<rst-mode-map>
23366
23367 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23368 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23369 highlighting.
23370
23371 \\{rst-mode-map}
23372
23373 \(fn)" t nil)
23374
23375 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23376 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23377 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23378 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23379 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23380
23381 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23382 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23383 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23384
23385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23386
23387 ;;;***
23388 \f
23389 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23390 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23392
23393 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23394 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23395 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23396 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23397 nesting into account.
23398
23399 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23400
23401 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23402
23403 \(fn)" t nil)
23404
23405 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23406
23407 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23408
23409 ;;;***
23410 \f
23411 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20707
23412 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23413 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23414
23415 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23416 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23417 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23418
23419 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23420 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23421 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23422 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23423 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23424
23425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23426
23427 ;;;***
23428 \f
23429 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20707
23430 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23432
23433 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23434 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23435 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23436 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23437
23438 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23439
23440 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23441 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23442 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23443
23444 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23445 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23446 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23447
23448 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23449 notation.
23450
23451 STRING
23452 matches string STRING literally.
23453
23454 CHAR
23455 matches character CHAR literally.
23456
23457 `not-newline', `nonl'
23458 matches any character except a newline.
23459
23460 `anything'
23461 matches any character
23462
23463 `(any SET ...)'
23464 `(in SET ...)'
23465 `(char SET ...)'
23466 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23467 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23468 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23469
23470 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23471 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23472 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23473 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23474
23475 `(not (any SET ...))'
23476 matches any character not in SET ...
23477
23478 `line-start', `bol'
23479 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23480 in the text being matched
23481
23482 `line-end', `eol'
23483 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23484
23485 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23486 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23487 string being matched against.
23488
23489 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23490 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23491 string being matched against.
23492
23493 `buffer-start'
23494 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23495 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23496
23497 `buffer-end'
23498 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23499 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23500
23501 `point'
23502 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23503
23504 `word-start', `bow'
23505 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23506
23507 `word-end', `eow'
23508 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23509
23510 `word-boundary'
23511 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23512 word.
23513
23514 `(not word-boundary)'
23515 `not-word-boundary'
23516 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23517 word.
23518
23519 `symbol-start'
23520 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23521
23522 `symbol-end'
23523 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23524
23525 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23526 matches 0 through 9.
23527
23528 `control', `cntrl'
23529 matches ASCII control characters.
23530
23531 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23532 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23533
23534 `blank'
23535 matches space and tab only.
23536
23537 `graphic', `graph'
23538 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23539 space, and DEL.
23540
23541 `printing', `print'
23542 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23543 and DEL.
23544
23545 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23546 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23547 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23548
23549 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23550 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23551 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23552
23553 `ascii'
23554 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23555
23556 `nonascii'
23557 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23558
23559 `lower', `lower-case'
23560 matches anything lower-case.
23561
23562 `upper', `upper-case'
23563 matches anything upper-case.
23564
23565 `punctuation', `punct'
23566 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23567 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23568
23569 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23570 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23571
23572 `word', `wordchar'
23573 matches anything that has word syntax.
23574
23575 `not-wordchar'
23576 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23577
23578 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23579 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23580 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23581 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23582
23583 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23584 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23585 `word' (\\sw)
23586 `symbol' (\\s_)
23587 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23588 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23589 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23590 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23591 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23592 `escape' (\\s\\)
23593 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23594 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23595 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23596 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23597 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23598
23599 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23600 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23601
23602 `(category CATEGORY)'
23603 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23604 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23605
23606 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23607 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23608 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23609 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23610 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23611 `symbol' (\\c5)
23612 `digit' (\\c6)
23613 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23614 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23615 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23616 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23617 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23618 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23619 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23620 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23621 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23622 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23623 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23624 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23625 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23626 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23627 `ascii' (\\ca)
23628 `arabic' (\\cb)
23629 `chinese' (\\cc)
23630 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23631 `greek' (\\cg)
23632 `korean' (\\ch)
23633 `indian' (\\ci)
23634 `japanese' (\\cj)
23635 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23636 `latin' (\\cl)
23637 `lao' (\\co)
23638 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23639 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23640 `thai' (\\ct)
23641 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23642 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23643 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23644 `can-break' (\\c|)
23645
23646 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23647 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23648
23649 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23651 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23652 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23653 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23654
23655 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23656 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23657 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23658 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23659
23660 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23661 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23662 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23663 group number N.
23664
23665 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23666 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23667 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23668 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23669 regular expression.
23670
23671 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23672 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23673 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23674 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23675 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23676
23677 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23678 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23679
23680 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23681 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23682
23683 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23684 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23685 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23686
23687 `(* SEXP ...)'
23688 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23689 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23690
23691 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23692 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23693 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23694
23695 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23696 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23697 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23698
23699 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23700 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23701
23702 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23703 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23704
23705 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23706 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23707 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23708 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23709
23710 `(? SEXP ...)'
23711 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23712
23713 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23714 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23715
23716 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23717 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23718 matches N occurrences.
23719
23720 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23721 matches N or more occurrences.
23722
23723 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23724 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23725 matches N to M occurrences.
23726
23727 `(backref N)'
23728 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23729
23730 `(eval FORM)'
23731 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23732 `regexp-quote' it.
23733
23734 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23735 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23736
23737 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23738
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20707
23742 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23744
23745 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23746 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23747 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23750 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23751
23752 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23753
23754 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23755 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23757 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23758 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23759
23760 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23761 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23762 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23763 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23764
23765 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23766 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23767 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23768
23769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23770
23771 ;;;***
23772 \f
23773 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23774 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23776
23777 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23778 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23779 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23780
23781 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23782 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23783 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23784 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23785 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23786 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23787 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23788 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23789
23790 Commands:
23791 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23792 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23793 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23794 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23795 if that value is non-nil.
23796
23797 \(fn)" t nil)
23798
23799 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23800 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23801 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23802
23803 Commands:
23804 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23805 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23806 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23807 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23808 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23809 that variable's value is a string.
23810
23811 \(fn)" t nil)
23812
23813 ;;;***
23814 \f
23815 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23816 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23817 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23818
23819 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23820 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23821 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23822
23823 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23824
23825 \(fn)" t nil)
23826
23827 ;;;***
23828 \f
23829 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23830 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23831 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23832
23833 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23834 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23835 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23838 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23839
23840 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23841
23842 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23843 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23845 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23846 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23847
23848 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23849 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23850
23851 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23852
23853 ;;;***
23854 \f
23855 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23856 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
23857 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23858
23859 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23860 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23862 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23863 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23864 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23865 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23866 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23867
23868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23869
23870 ;;;***
23871 \f
23872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20707 18685 911514
23873 ;;;;;; 0))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23875 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23876 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23877
23878 ;;;***
23879 \f
23880 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23881 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
23882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23883
23884 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23885 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23886 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23887
23888 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23889 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23890 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23891 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23892 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23893 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23894 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23895 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23896 keybinding for tag names.
23897 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23898 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23899 of the symbol under point.
23900 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23901 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23902 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23903 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23904 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23905 syntax tokens.
23906 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23907
23908 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23909
23910 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23911 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23912 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23914 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23915 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23916
23917 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23918
23919 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23920 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23922 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23923 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23924
23925 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23926 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23927 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23928 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23929 Semantic mode.
23930
23931 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23932
23933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23934
23935 ;;;***
23936 \f
23937 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
23938 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
23939 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23940
23941 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23942 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23943
23944 \(fn)" t nil)
23945
23946 ;;;***
23947 \f
23948 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
23949 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
23950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23951
23952 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23953 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23954
23955 \(fn)" t nil)
23956
23957 ;;;***
23958 \f
23959 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23960 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
23961 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
23962 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
23963 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
23964 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23965 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23966 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23967 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
23968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23969
23970 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23971 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23972
23973 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23974 king@grassland.com
23975 If `parens', they look like:
23976 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23977 If `angles', they look like:
23978 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23979
23980 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23981 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23982
23983 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23984
23985 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23986 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23987 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23988 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23989
23990 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23991 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23992 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23993 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23994
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23996
23997 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23998 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23999 This is done when the message is initialized,
24000 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24001
24002 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24003
24004 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24005 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24006 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24007
24008 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24009
24010 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24011 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24012 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24013 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24014 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24015 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24016 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24017
24018 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24019
24020 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24021 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24022
24023 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24024
24025 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24026 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24027 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24028 be a Babyl file.")
24029
24030 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24031
24032 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24033 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24034 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24035 when you first send mail.")
24036
24037 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24038
24039 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24040 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24041 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24042 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24043 This file need not actually exist.")
24044
24045 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24046
24047 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24048 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24049
24050 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24051
24052 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24053 Alist of mail address aliases,
24054 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24055 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24056 can specify a different file name.)
24057 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24058 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24059
24060 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24061 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24062 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24063
24064 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24065
24066 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24067 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24068 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24069
24070 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24071
24072 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24073 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24074 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24075 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24076 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24077 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24078 in the cited portion of the message.
24079
24080 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24081 instead of no action.")
24082
24083 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24084
24085 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24086 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24087 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24088 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24089 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24090
24091 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24092
24093 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24094 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24095 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24096 If a string, that string is inserted.
24097 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24098 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24099 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24100 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24101
24102 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24103
24104 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24105 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24106
24107 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24108
24109 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24110 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24111 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24112
24113 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24114 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24115
24116 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24117
24118 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24119 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24120 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24121 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24122
24123 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24124
24125 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24126 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24127 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24128
24129 \(fn)" nil nil)
24130
24131 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24132
24133 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24134
24135
24136 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24137
24138 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24139 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24140 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24141
24142 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24143 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24144
24145 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24146 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24147 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24148 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24149 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24150 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24151 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24152 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24153 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24154 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24155 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24156 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24157 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24158 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24159
24160 \(fn)" t nil)
24161
24162 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24163 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24164 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24165 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24166
24167 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24168
24169 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24170 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24171 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24172 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24173 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24174 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24175
24176 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24177 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24178 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24179
24180 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24181 User should not set this variable manually,
24182 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24183 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24184 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24185
24186 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24187 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24188 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24189 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24190
24191 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24192 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24193
24194 \\<mail-mode-map>
24195 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24196
24197 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24198 to move to message header fields:
24199 \\{mail-mode-map}
24200
24201 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24202 when the message is initialized.
24203
24204 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24205 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24206
24207 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24208 is inserted.
24209
24210 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24211 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24212
24213 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24214 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24215 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24216 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24217 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24218 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24219 buffer without erasing the contents.
24220
24221 The second through fifth arguments,
24222 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24223 the initial contents of those header fields.
24224 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24225 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24226 original message being replied to, or else an action
24227 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24228 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24229 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24230 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24231 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24232 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24233
24234 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24235
24236 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24237 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24238
24239 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24240
24241 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24242 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24243
24244 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24245
24246 ;;;***
24247 \f
24248 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24249 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20707
24250 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24251 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24252
24253 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24254
24255 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24256
24257 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24258
24259 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24260 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24261 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24262 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24263 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24264 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24265
24266 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24267 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24268
24269 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24270 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24271 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24272
24273 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24274 \\[server-start].
24275
24276 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24277
24278 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24279 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24280 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24281 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24282
24283 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24284
24285 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24286 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24287 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24290 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24291
24292 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24293
24294 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24295 Toggle Server mode.
24296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24298 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24299
24300 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24301 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24302 `server-start' for details.
24303
24304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24305
24306 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24307 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24308 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24309
24310 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24311 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24312
24313 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24314
24315 ;;;***
24316 \f
24317 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
24318 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24319
24320 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24321 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24322 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24323
24324 Key definitions:
24325 \\{ses-mode-map}
24326 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24327 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24328 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24329 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24330
24331 \(fn)" t nil)
24332
24333 ;;;***
24334 \f
24335 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24336 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24337 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24338
24339 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24340 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24341 Makes > match <.
24342 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24343 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24344
24345 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24346 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24347 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24348
24349 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24350 in your init file.
24351
24352 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24353
24354 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24355 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24356 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24357
24358 \(fn)" t nil)
24359
24360 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24361 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24362 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24363 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24364 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24365 which this is based.
24366
24367 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24368
24369 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24370 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24371 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24372 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24373
24374 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24375 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24376 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24377
24378 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24379 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24380 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24381 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24382
24383 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24384 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24385 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24386 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24387
24388 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24389
24390 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24391 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24392 To work around that, do:
24393 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24394
24395 \\{html-mode-map}
24396
24397 \(fn)" t nil)
24398
24399 ;;;***
24400 \f
24401 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24402 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24404 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24405
24406 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24407 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24408 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24409 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24410 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24411 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24412
24413 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24414 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24415 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24416 shell-specific features.
24417
24418 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24419 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24420 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24421 \\<sh-mode-map>
24422 \\[sh-case] case statement
24423 \\[sh-for] for loop
24424 \\[sh-function] function definition
24425 \\[sh-if] if statement
24426 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24427 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24428 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24429 \\[sh-select] select loop
24430 \\[sh-until] until loop
24431 \\[sh-while] while loop
24432
24433 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24434 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24435 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24436 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24437 would indent to the way it currently is.
24438 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24439 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24440
24441
24442 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24443 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24444 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24445 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24446 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24447 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24448
24449 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24450 unquoted < insert a here document.
24451
24452 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24453 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24454 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24455
24456 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24457 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24458
24459 \(fn)" t nil)
24460
24461 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24462
24463 ;;;***
24464 \f
24465 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24466 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24467 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24468
24469 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24470 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24471
24472 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24473 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24474 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24475
24476 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24477 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24478 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24479 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24480 the earlier.
24481
24482 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24483
24484 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24485
24486 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24487 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24488 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24489
24490 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24491 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24492
24493 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24494 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24495 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24496 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24497 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24498 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24499 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24500 Emacs version).
24501
24502 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24503 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24504 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24505 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24506 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24507
24508 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24509 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24510
24511 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24512
24513 ;;;***
24514 \f
24515 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24516 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20707
24517 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24518 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24519
24520 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24521 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24522 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24523 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24524 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24525 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24526 sites in the cluster.
24527
24528 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24529
24530 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24531 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24532 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24533 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24534 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24535
24536 \(fn)" t nil)
24537
24538 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24539 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24540 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24541 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24542 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24543 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24544 `shadow-define-cluster').
24545
24546 \(fn)" t nil)
24547
24548 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24549 Set up file shadowing.
24550
24551 \(fn)" t nil)
24552
24553 ;;;***
24554 \f
24555 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24556 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24557 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24558
24559 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24560 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24561 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24562 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24563 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24564 arguments.")
24565
24566 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24567
24568 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24569 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24570 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24571 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24572 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24573
24574 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24575 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24576 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24577 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24578 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24579 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24580 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24581 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24582 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24583 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24584 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24585
24586 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24587 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24588 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24589 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24590 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24591 `default-process-coding-system'.
24592
24593 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24594 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24595 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24596 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24597
24598 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24599
24600 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24601
24602 ;;;***
24603 \f
24604 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20707
24605 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24607
24608 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24609 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24610 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24611 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24612
24613 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24614
24615 ;;;***
24616 \f
24617 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24618 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20707 18685 911514
24619 ;;;;;; 0))
24620 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24621
24622 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24623
24624
24625 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24626
24627 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24628
24629
24630 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24631
24632 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24633
24634
24635 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24636
24637 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24638
24639
24640 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24641
24642 ;;;***
24643 \f
24644 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24645 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24646 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24647
24648 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24649 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24650 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24651 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24652 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24653
24654 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24655
24656 \(fn)" t nil)
24657
24658 ;;;***
24659 \f
24660 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20707
24661 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24662 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24663
24664 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24665 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24666 \\{simula-mode-map}
24667 Variables controlling indentation style:
24668 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24669 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24670 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24671 `simula-indent-level'
24672 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24673 `simula-substatement-offset'
24674 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24675 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24676 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24677 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24678 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24679 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24680 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24681 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24682 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24683 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24684 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24685 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24686 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24687 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24688 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24689 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24690 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24691 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24692 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24693 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24694 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24695 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24696 or nil if they should not be changed.
24697 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24698 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24699 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24700 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24701
24702 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24703 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24704
24705 \(fn)" t nil)
24706
24707 ;;;***
24708 \f
24709 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24710 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20707 18685 911514
24711 ;;;;;; 0))
24712 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24713
24714 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24715 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24716
24717 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24718 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24719 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24720 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24721
24722 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24723
24724 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24725
24726 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24727 Insert SKELETON.
24728 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24729 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24730 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24731 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24732 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24733
24734 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24735 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24736
24737 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24738
24739 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24740 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24741
24742 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24743 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24744 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24745 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24746
24747 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24748 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24749 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24750 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24751
24752 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24753 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24754 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24755
24756 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24757 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24758
24759 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24760 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24761
24762 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24763 _ interesting point, interregion here
24764 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24765 interesting point set by _
24766 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24767 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24768 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24769 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24770 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24771 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24772 nil skipped
24773
24774 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24775 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24776
24777 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24778 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24779 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24780 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24781 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24782 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24783 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24784 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24785
24786 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24787 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24788 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24789 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24790 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24791 available:
24792
24793 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24794 then: insert previously read string once more
24795 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24796 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24797 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24798
24799 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24800 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24801
24802 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24803
24804 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24805 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24806
24807 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24808 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24809 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24810 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24811 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24812 such as backslash.
24813
24814 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24815 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24816 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24817
24818 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24819
24820 ;;;***
24821 \f
24822 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24823 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
24824 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24825
24826 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24827 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24828 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24829 buffer names.
24830
24831 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24832
24833 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24834 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24836 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24837 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24838 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24839
24840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24841
24842 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24843 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24844 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24845
24846 \(fn)" t nil)
24847
24848 ;;;***
24849 \f
24850 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24851 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24853
24854 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24855 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24856 A list of images is returned.
24857
24858 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24859
24860 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24861 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24862 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24863
24864 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24865
24866 ;;;***
24867 \f
24868 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24869 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
24870 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24871
24872 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24873
24874
24875 \(fn)" nil nil)
24876
24877 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24878 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24879
24880 \(fn)" t nil)
24881
24882 ;;;***
24883 \f
24884 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20707 18685 911514
24885 ;;;;;; 0))
24886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24887
24888 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24889 Play the Snake game.
24890 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24891
24892 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24893
24894 Snake mode keybindings:
24895 \\<snake-mode-map>
24896 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24897 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24898 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24899 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24900 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24901 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24902 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24903
24904 \(fn)" t nil)
24905
24906 ;;;***
24907 \f
24908 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24909 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
24910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24911
24912 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24913 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24914 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24915 Tab indents for C code.
24916 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24917 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24918 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24919 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24920 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24921
24922 \(fn)" t nil)
24923
24924 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24925 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24926 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24927 Tab indents for C code.
24928 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24929 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24930 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24931 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24932 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24933
24934 \(fn)" t nil)
24935
24936 ;;;***
24937 \f
24938 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20707
24939 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24940 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24941
24942 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24943 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24944 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24945 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24946 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24947
24948 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24949
24950 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24951
24952 ;;;***
24953 \f
24954 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20707
24955 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
24956 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24957
24958 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24959 Play Solitaire.
24960
24961 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24962 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24963 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24964 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24965 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24966 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24967 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24968 check after each move or undo.)
24969
24970 What is Solitaire?
24971
24972 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24973 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24974 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24975
24976 Le Solitaire
24977 ============
24978
24979 o o o
24980
24981 o o o
24982
24983 o o o o o o o
24984
24985 o o o . o o o
24986
24987 o o o o o o o
24988
24989 o o o
24990
24991 o o o
24992
24993 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24994 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24995 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24996 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24997
24998 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24999 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25000 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25001 this: o o .
25002
25003 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25004 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25005
25006 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25007
25008 o o o
25009
25010 . o o
25011
25012 o o . o o o o
25013
25014 o . o o o o o
25015
25016 o o o o o o o
25017
25018 o o o
25019
25020 o o o
25021
25022 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25023
25024 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25025
25026 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25027
25028 ;;;***
25029 \f
25030 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25031 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25032 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20707 18685 911514
25033 ;;;;;; 0))
25034 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25035 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25036
25037 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25038 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25039
25040 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25041 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25042 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25043 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25044 contiguous.
25045
25046 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25047 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25048 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25049 the sort order.
25050
25051 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25052 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25053
25054 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25055 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25056 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25057 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25058 is called.
25059
25060 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25061 It should move point to the end of the record.
25062
25063 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25064 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25065 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25066 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25067 starts at the beginning of the record.
25068
25069 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25070 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25071 same as ENDRECFUN.
25072
25073 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25074 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25075 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25076 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25077 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25078 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25079 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25080
25081 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25082
25083 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25084 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25085 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25086 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25087 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25088 the sort order.
25089
25090 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25091
25092 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25093 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25094 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25095 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25096 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25097 the sort order.
25098
25099 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25100
25101 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25102 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25103 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25104 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25105 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25106 the sort order.
25107
25108 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25109 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25110
25111 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25112 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25113 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25114 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25115 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25116 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25117 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25118 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25119 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25120
25121 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25122
25123 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25124 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25125 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25126 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25127 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25128 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25129 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25130 the sort order.
25131
25132 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25133
25134 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25135 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25136 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25137 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25138
25139 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25140 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25141
25142 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25143 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25144 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25145 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25146 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25147 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25148 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25149 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25150
25151 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25152
25153 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25154 the sort order.
25155
25156 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25157 starting with the letter \"f\",
25158 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25159
25160 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25161
25162 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25163 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25164 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25165 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25166 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25167 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25168 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25169 the sort order.
25170
25171 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25172 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25173 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25174 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25175 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25176
25177 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25178
25179 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25180 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25181 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25182
25183 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25184
25185 ;;;***
25186 \f
25187 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20707
25188 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
25189 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25190
25191 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25192 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25193 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25194 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25195 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25196 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25197
25198 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25199
25200 ;;;***
25201 \f
25202 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25203 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25204 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
25205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25206
25207 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25208 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25209
25210 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25211 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25212 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25213
25214 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25215
25216 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25217 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25218 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25219 server.
25220
25221 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25222
25223 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25224 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25225 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25226
25227 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25228
25229 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25230 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25231 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25232 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25233 Agent is plugged.
25234
25235 \(fn)" t nil)
25236
25237 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25238 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25239 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25240 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25241
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25243
25244 ;;;***
25245 \f
25246 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25247 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
25248 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25249
25250 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25251
25252 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25253 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25254 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25255 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25256 supported at a time.
25257 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25258 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25259
25260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25261
25262 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25263 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25264 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25265 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25266
25267 \(fn)" t nil)
25268
25269 ;;;***
25270 \f
25271 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20707
25272 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25274
25275 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25276 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25277
25278 \(fn)" t nil)
25279
25280 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25281 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25282
25283 \(fn)" nil nil)
25284
25285 ;;;***
25286 \f
25287 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25288 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25289 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25290 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25291 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25293
25294 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25295 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25296
25297 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25298 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25299 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25300 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25301 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25302 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25303 of the current highlighting list.
25304
25305 For example:
25306
25307 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25308 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25309
25310 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25311 `_t' as data types.
25312
25313 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25314
25315 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25316 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25317
25318 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25319 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25320
25321 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25322
25323 \\\\FREE
25324
25325 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25326
25327 \\\\NONFREE
25328
25329 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25330
25331 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25332 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25333
25334 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25335 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25336 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25337 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25338
25339 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25340 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25341 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25342 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25343
25344 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25345 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25346 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25347
25348 \(fn)" t nil)
25349
25350 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25351 Major mode to edit SQL.
25352
25353 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25354 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25355 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25356
25357 \\{sql-mode-map}
25358 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25359
25360 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25361 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25362 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25363 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25364 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25365 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25366
25367 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25368 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25369
25370 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25371 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25372 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25373
25374 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25375 (lambda ()
25376 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25377
25378 \(fn)" t nil)
25379
25380 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25381 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25382
25383 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25384 their settings.
25385
25386 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25387 is specified in the connection settings.
25388
25389 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25390
25391 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25392 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25393
25394 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25395 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25396
25397 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25398 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25399 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25400 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25401
25402 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25403
25404 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25405
25406 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25407 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25408
25409 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25410 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25411 `*SQL*'.
25412
25413 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25414 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25415 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25416 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25417
25418 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25419 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25420
25421 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25422 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25423 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25424 buffer.
25425
25426 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25427 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25429 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25430 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25431 `default-process-coding-system'.
25432
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434
25435 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25436
25437 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25438 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25439
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25442 `*SQL*'.
25443
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25445 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25446 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25447 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25448
25449 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25450 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25451
25452 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25453 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25454 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25455 buffer.
25456
25457 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25458 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25459 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25460 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25461 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25462 `default-process-coding-system'.
25463
25464 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25465
25466 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25467
25468 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25469 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25470
25471 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25472 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25473 `*SQL*'.
25474
25475 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25476 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25477
25478 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25479 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25480
25481 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25482 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25483 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25484 buffer.
25485
25486 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25487 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25488 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25489 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25490 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25491 `default-process-coding-system'.
25492
25493 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25494
25495 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25496
25497 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25498 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25499
25500 SQLite is free software.
25501
25502 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25503 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25504 `*SQL*'.
25505
25506 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25507 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25508 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25509 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25510
25511 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25512 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25513
25514 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25515 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25516 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25517 buffer.
25518
25519 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25520 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25521 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25522 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25523 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25524 `default-process-coding-system'.
25525
25526 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25527
25528 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25529
25530 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25531 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25532
25533 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25534
25535 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25536 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25537 `*SQL*'.
25538
25539 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25540 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25541 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25542 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25543
25544 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25545 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25546
25547 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25548 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25549 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25550 buffer.
25551
25552 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25553 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25554 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25555 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25556 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25557 `default-process-coding-system'.
25558
25559 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25560
25561 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25562
25563 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25564 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25565
25566 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25567 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25568 `*SQL*'.
25569
25570 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25571 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25572 defaults, if set.
25573
25574 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25575 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25576
25577 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25578 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25579 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25580 buffer.
25581
25582 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25583 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25584 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25585 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25586 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25587 `default-process-coding-system'.
25588
25589 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25590
25591 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25592
25593 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25594 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25595
25596 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25597 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25598 `*SQL*'.
25599
25600 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25601 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25602
25603 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25604 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25605
25606 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25607 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25608 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25609 buffer.
25610
25611 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25612 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25614 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25615 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25616 `default-process-coding-system'.
25617
25618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25619
25620 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25621
25622 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25623 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25624
25625 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25626 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25627 `*SQL*'.
25628
25629 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25630 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25631 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25632 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25633
25634 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25635 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25636
25637 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25638 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25639 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25640 buffer.
25641
25642 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25643 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25644 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25645 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25646 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25647 `default-process-coding-system'.
25648
25649 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25650
25651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25652
25653 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25654 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25655
25656 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25657 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25658 `*SQL*'.
25659
25660 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25661 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25662 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25663 `sql-postgres-options'.
25664
25665 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25666 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25667
25668 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25669 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25670 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25671 buffer.
25672
25673 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25674 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25675 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25676 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25677 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25678 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25679 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25680 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25681
25682 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25683 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25684
25685 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25686
25687 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25688
25689 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25690 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25691
25692 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25693 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25694 `*SQL*'.
25695
25696 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25697 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25698 defaults, if set.
25699
25700 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25701 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25702
25703 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25704 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25705 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25706 buffer.
25707
25708 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25709 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25710 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25711 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25712 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25713 `default-process-coding-system'.
25714
25715 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25716
25717 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25718
25719 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25720 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25721
25722 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25723 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25724 `*SQL*'.
25725
25726 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25727 automatic login.
25728
25729 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25730 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25731
25732 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25733 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25734 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25735 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25736
25737 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25738 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25739 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25740 buffer.
25741
25742 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25743 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25744 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25745 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25746 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25747 `default-process-coding-system'.
25748
25749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25750
25751 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25752
25753 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25754 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25755
25756 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25757 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25758 `*SQL*'.
25759
25760 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25761 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25762 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25763 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25764 parameters.
25765
25766 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25767 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25768 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25769 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25770 an empty password.
25771
25772 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25773 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25774
25775 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25776 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25777 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25778 buffer.
25779
25780 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25781
25782 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25783
25784 ;;;***
25785 \f
25786 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25787 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25789
25790 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25791 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25792
25793 \(fn)" t nil)
25794
25795 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25796
25797 ;;;***
25798 \f
25799 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25800 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25802
25803 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25804 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25805 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25806 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25807 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25808 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25809 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25810 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25811 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25812 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25813 with any buffer
25814 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25815 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25816 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25817 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25818
25819 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25820
25821 ;;;***
25822 \f
25823 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25824 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25825 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25826 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25827 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20707
25828 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
25829 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25830
25831 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25832 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25833 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25834 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25835 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25836 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25837
25838 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25839
25840 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25841
25842 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25843 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25844 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25845 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25846 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25847 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25848 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25849
25850 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25851
25852 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25853 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25854 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25855 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25856 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25857 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25858 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25859
25860 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25861
25862 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25863 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25864 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25865
25866 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25869 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25870 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25871
25872 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25873
25874 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25875 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25876
25877 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25878
25879 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25880 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25881
25882 \(fn)" t nil)
25883
25884 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25885 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25886
25887 \(fn)" t nil)
25888
25889 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25890 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25891 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25892 chronologically by command name.
25893 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25894
25895 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25896
25897 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25898 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25899 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25902 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25903
25904 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25905
25906 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25907 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25908 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25909 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25910 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25911
25912 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25913 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25914 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25915 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25916 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25917
25918 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25919 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25920 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25921 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25922
25923 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25924
25925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25926
25927 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25928 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25929 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25930 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25931
25932 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25933
25934 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25935 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25936
25937 \(fn)" t nil)
25938
25939 ;;;***
25940 \f
25941 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25942 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20360 54279 565993 0))
25943 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25944
25945 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25946 Studlify-case the region.
25947
25948 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25949
25950 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25951 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25952
25953 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25954
25955 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25956 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25957
25958 \(fn)" t nil)
25959
25960 ;;;***
25961 \f
25962 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25963 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
25964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25965
25966 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25967 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25968 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25969 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25970 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25971
25972 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25973 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25974 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25975 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25976
25977 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25978 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25979 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25980
25981 Nomenclature Subwords
25982 ===========================================================
25983 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25984 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25985 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25986
25987 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25988 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25989 as words.
25990
25991 \\{subword-mode-map}
25992
25993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25994
25995 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25996 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25997 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25999 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26000 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26001
26002 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26003
26004 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26005 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26006 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26007 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26008 ARG is omitted or nil.
26009
26010 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26011 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26012 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26013
26014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26015
26016 ;;;***
26017 \f
26018 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26019 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
26020 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26021
26022 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26023 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26024 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26025 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26026 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26027 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26028 original message but it does require a few things:
26029
26030 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26031
26032 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26033 reply buffer.
26034
26035 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26036 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26037 original message.
26038
26039 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26040
26041 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26042
26043 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26044 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26045 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26046
26047 \(fn)" nil nil)
26048
26049 ;;;***
26050 \f
26051 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20707
26052 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
26053 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26054
26055 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26056
26057 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26058 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26059 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26062 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26063
26064 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26065
26066 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26067 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26069 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26070 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26071
26072 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26073 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26074 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26075
26076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26077
26078 ;;;***
26079 \f
26080 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20707 18685
26081 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26082 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26083
26084 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26085 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26086 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26087 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26088 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26089
26090 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26091
26092 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26093 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26094 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26095 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26096 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26097 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26098 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26099
26100 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26101
26102 ;;;***
26103 \f
26104 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26105 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26106 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26107 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26108 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26109 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26110 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26111 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26112 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26113 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26114 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26115 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26116 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
26117 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26118
26119 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26120 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26121 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26122
26123 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26124
26125 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26126 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26127
26128 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26129
26130 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26131 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26132
26133 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26134
26135 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26136 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26137
26138 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26139
26140 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26141 Insert an editable text table.
26142 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26143 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26144 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26145 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26146 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26147 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26148 delimiting them.
26149
26150 Examples:
26151
26152 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26153
26154 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26155 location of point.
26156
26157 -!-
26158
26159 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26160 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26161 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26162 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26163 first cell.
26164
26165 +-----+-----+-----+
26166 |-!- | | |
26167 +-----+-----+-----+
26168
26169 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26170
26171 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26172 width, which results as
26173
26174 +--------------+-----+-----+
26175 |-!- | | |
26176 +--------------+-----+-----+
26177
26178 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26179 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26180
26181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26182 | | |-!- |
26183 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26184
26185 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26186 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26187 width information to `table-insert'.
26188
26189 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26190
26191 instead of
26192
26193 Cell width(s): 5
26194
26195 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26196 work all together.
26197
26198 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26199 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26200
26201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 |-!- | | |
26203 | | | |
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26205
26206 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26207
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 |-!- | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212 | | | |
26213 | | | |
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215
26216 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26217
26218 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26219 | | | |
26220 | | | |
26221 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26222 | | | |
26223 | | | |
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26225 -!-
26226
26227 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26228 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26229 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26230
26231 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 | | | |
26233 | | | |
26234 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26235 | | | |
26236 | | | |
26237 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26238 |-!- | | |
26239 | | | |
26240 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26241
26242 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26243 results.
26244
26245 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26246 | | | |
26247 | | | |
26248 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26249 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26250 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26251 | | |expected results.-!- |
26252 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26253 | | | |
26254 | | | |
26255 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26256
26257 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26258
26259 \\{table-cell-map}
26260
26261 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26262
26263 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26264 Insert N table row(s).
26265 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26266 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26267 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26268 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26269
26270 \(fn N)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26273 Insert N table column(s).
26274 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26275 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26276 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26277 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26278
26279 \(fn N)" t nil)
26280
26281 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26282 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26283 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26284
26285 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26288 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26289 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26290 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26291 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26292 all the table specific features.
26293
26294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26295
26296 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26297
26298
26299 \(fn)" t nil)
26300
26301 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26302 Recognize all tables within region.
26303 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26304 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26305 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26306 specific features.
26307
26308 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26309
26310 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26311
26312
26313 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26316 Recognize a table at point.
26317 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26318 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26319 the table specific features.
26320
26321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26322
26323 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26324
26325
26326 \(fn)" t nil)
26327
26328 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26329 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26330 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26331 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26332 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26333 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26334 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26335
26336 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26337
26338 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26339
26340
26341 \(fn)" t nil)
26342
26343 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26344 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26345 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26346 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26347 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26348 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26349 specified.
26350
26351 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26352
26353 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26354 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26355 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26356 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26357 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26358 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26359 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26360 table structure.
26361
26362 \(fn N)" t nil)
26363
26364 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26365 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26366 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26367 table's rectangle structure.
26368
26369 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26370
26371 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26372 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26373 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26374 table's rectangle structure.
26375
26376 \(fn N)" t nil)
26377
26378 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26379 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26380 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26381 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26382 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26383
26384 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26385
26386 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26387 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26388 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26389
26390 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26391 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26392 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26393 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26394 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26395 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26396 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26397
26398 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26399 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26400 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26401 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26402 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26403 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26404 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26405
26406 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26407 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26408 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26409 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26410 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26411 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26412 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26413 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26414
26415 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26416
26417 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26418 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26419 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26420 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26421
26422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26423
26424 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26425 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26426 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26427
26428 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26429
26430 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26431 Split current cell vertically.
26432 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26433
26434 \(fn)" t nil)
26435
26436 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26437 Split current cell horizontally.
26438 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26439
26440 \(fn)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26443 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26444 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26445
26446 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26447
26448 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26449 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26450 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26451 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26452
26453 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26454
26455 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26456 Justify cell contents.
26457 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26458 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26459 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26460 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26461
26462 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26463
26464 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26465 Justify cells of a row.
26466 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26467 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26468
26469 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26470
26471 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26472 Justify cells of a column.
26473 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26474 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26475
26476 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26477
26478 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26479 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26480 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26481 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26482 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26483 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26484 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26485 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26486 run-time.
26487
26488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26489
26490 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26491 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26492 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26493 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26494 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26495 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26496 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26497 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26498 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26499 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26500 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26501
26502 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26503
26504 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26505 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26506 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26507 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26508 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26509 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26510 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26511 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26512 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26513 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26514 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26515 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26516 untouched.
26517
26518 References used for this implementation:
26519
26520 HTML:
26521 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26522
26523 LaTeX:
26524 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26525
26526 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26527 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26528 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26529
26530 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26531
26532 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26533 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26534 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26535 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26536 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26537 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26538 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26539 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26540 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26541 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26542 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26543 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26544 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26545 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26546 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26547 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26548 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26549
26550 Example:
26551
26552 (progn
26553 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26554 (table-forward-cell 15)
26555 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26556 (table-forward-cell 16)
26557 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26558 (table-forward-cell 1)
26559 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26560
26561 (progn
26562 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26563 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26564 (table-forward-cell 1)
26565 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26566
26567 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26568
26569 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26570 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26571 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26572 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26573 consists from cells of same height.
26574
26575 \(fn N)" t nil)
26576
26577 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26578 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26579 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26580 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26581 column must consists from cells of same width.
26582
26583 \(fn N)" t nil)
26584
26585 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26586 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26587 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26588 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26589 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26590 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26591 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26592 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26593 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26594 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26595 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26596 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26597 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26598 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26599 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26600
26601
26602 Example 1:
26603
26604 1, 2, 3, 4
26605 5, 6, 7, 8
26606 , 9, 10
26607
26608 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26609 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26610 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26611 specified as 5.
26612
26613 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26614 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26615 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26616 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26617 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26618 | | 9 | 10 | |
26619 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26620
26621 Note:
26622
26623 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26624 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26625 of each row is optional.
26626
26627
26628 Example 2:
26629
26630 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26631 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26632 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26633 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26634 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26635
26636 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26637 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26638
26639 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26640 expression and raw delimiter regular
26641 expression, it parses the specified text
26642 area and extracts cell items from
26643 non-table text and then forms a table out
26644 of them.
26645
26646 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26647 creates a single cell table. The text in
26648 the specified region is placed in that
26649 cell.-*-
26650
26651 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26652 like this.
26653
26654 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26655 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26656 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26657 | |
26658 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26659 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26660 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26661 | area and extracts cell items from |
26662 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26663 | of them. |
26664 | |
26665 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26666 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26667 | the specified region is placed in that |
26668 | cell. |
26669 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26670
26671 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26672 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26673 independently.
26674
26675 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26676 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26677 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26678 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26679 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26680 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26681 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26682 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26683 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26684 | |of them. |
26685 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26686 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26687 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26688 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26689 | |cell. |
26690 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26691
26692 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26693 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26694 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26695
26696 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26697
26698 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26699 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26700 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26701 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26702 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26703
26704 \(fn)" t nil)
26705
26706 ;;;***
26707 \f
26708 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20707 18685
26709 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26710 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26711
26712 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26713 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26714
26715 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26716
26717 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26718 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26719
26720 \(fn)" t nil)
26721
26722 ;;;***
26723 \f
26724 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20707 18685
26725 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26726 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26727
26728 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26729 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26730 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26731 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26732 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26733 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26734 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26735
26736 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26737 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26738 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26739 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26740
26741 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26742 \\{tar-mode-map}
26743
26744 \(fn)" t nil)
26745
26746 ;;;***
26747 \f
26748 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26749 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
26750 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26751
26752 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26753 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26754 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26755 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26756 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26757 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26758
26759 Variables controlling indentation style:
26760 `tcl-indent-level'
26761 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26762 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26763 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26764
26765 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26766 documentation for details):
26767 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26768 Controls action of TAB key.
26769 `tcl-auto-newline'
26770 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26771 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26772 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26773 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26774 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26775
26776 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26777 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26778 already exist.
26779
26780 \(fn)" t nil)
26781
26782 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26783 Run inferior Tcl process.
26784 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26785 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26786
26787 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26788
26789 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26790 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26791 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26792
26793 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26794
26795 ;;;***
26796 \f
26797 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20707 18685
26798 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26799 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26800
26801 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26802 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26803 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26804 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26805
26806 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26807 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26808 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26809 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26810 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26811
26812 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26813
26814 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26815 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26816 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26817 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26818
26819 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26820
26821 ;;;***
26822 \f
26823 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26824 ;;;;;; (20709 10021 126382 806000))
26825 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26826
26827 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26828 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26829 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26830 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26831 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26832 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26833
26834 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26835
26836 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26837 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26838 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26839 commands to use in that buffer.
26840
26841 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26842
26843 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26844
26845 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26846 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26847
26848 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26849
26850 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26851 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26852 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26853 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26854 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26855 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26856 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26857 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26858 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26859 use in that buffer.
26860 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26861
26862 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26863
26864 ;;;***
26865 \f
26866 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20707
26867 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
26868 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26869
26870 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26871 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26872 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26873 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26874 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26875 program as keyboard input.
26876
26877 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26878 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26879 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26880 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26881
26882 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26883 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26884 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26885 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26886 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26887
26888 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26889
26890 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26891 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26892 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26893 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26894
26895 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26896 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26897 subprocess started.
26898
26899 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26900
26901 ;;;***
26902 \f
26903 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26904 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
26905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26906
26907 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26908 Start coverage on function under point.
26909
26910 \(fn)" t nil)
26911
26912 ;;;***
26913 \f
26914 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20707 18685
26915 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
26916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26917
26918 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26919 Play the Tetris game.
26920 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26921 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26922 as to form complete rows.
26923
26924 tetris-mode keybindings:
26925 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26926 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26927 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26928 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26929 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26930 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26931 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26932 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26933 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26934
26935 \(fn)" t nil)
26936
26937 ;;;***
26938 \f
26939 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26940 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26941 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26942 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26943 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26944 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26945 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26946 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
26947 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26948
26949 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26950 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26951
26952 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26953
26954 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26955 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26956 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26957 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26958 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26959
26960 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26961
26962 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26963 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26964 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26965 if it matches the first line of the file,
26966 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26967
26968 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26969
26970 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26971 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26972 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26973 if the variable is non-nil.")
26974
26975 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26976
26977 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26978 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26979
26980 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26981
26982 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26983 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26984 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26985 See the documentation of that variable.")
26986
26987 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26988
26989 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26990 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26991 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26992 See the documentation of that variable.")
26993
26994 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26995
26996 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26997 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26998 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26999 See the documentation of that variable.")
27000
27001 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27002
27003 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27004 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27005 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27006 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27007 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27008
27009 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27010
27011 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27012 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27013 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27014 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27015
27016 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27017
27018 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27019 User defined LaTeX block names.
27020 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27021
27022 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27023
27024 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27025 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27026 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27027 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27028
27029 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27030
27031 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27032 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27033 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27034 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27035
27036 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27037
27038 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27039 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27040 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27041 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27042
27043 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27044 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27045 for example,
27046
27047 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27048 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27049
27050 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27051 use.")
27052
27053 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27054
27055 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27056 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27057 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27058 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27059 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27060
27061 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27062
27063 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27064
27065 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27066 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27067 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27068
27069 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27070
27071 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27072 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27073 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27074 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27075 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27076
27077 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27078
27079 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27080 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27081
27082 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27083
27084 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27085 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27086
27087 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27088
27089 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27090 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27091 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27092 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27093 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27094 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27095 says which mode to use.
27096
27097 \(fn)" t nil)
27098
27099 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27100
27101 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27102
27103 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27104
27105 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27106 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27107 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27108 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27109 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27110
27111 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27112 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27113 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27114 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27115 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27116 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27117 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27118
27119 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27120 mismatched $'s or braces.
27121
27122 Special commands:
27123 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27124
27125 Mode variables:
27126 tex-run-command
27127 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27128 tex-directory
27129 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27130 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27131 tex-dvi-print-command
27132 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27133 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27134 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27135 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27136 tex-dvi-view-command
27137 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27138 tex-show-queue-command
27139 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27140 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27141
27142 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27143 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27144 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27145
27146 \(fn)" t nil)
27147
27148 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27149 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27150 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27151 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27152 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27153
27154 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27155 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27156 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27157 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27158 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27159 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27160 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27161
27162 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27163 mismatched $'s or braces.
27164
27165 Special commands:
27166 \\{latex-mode-map}
27167
27168 Mode variables:
27169 latex-run-command
27170 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27171 tex-directory
27172 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27173 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27174 tex-dvi-print-command
27175 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27176 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27177 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27178 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27179 tex-dvi-view-command
27180 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27181 tex-show-queue-command
27182 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27183 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27184
27185 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27186 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27187 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27188
27189 \(fn)" t nil)
27190
27191 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27192 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27193 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27194 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27195 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27196
27197 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27198 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27199 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27200 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27201 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27202 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27203 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27204
27205 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27206 mismatched $'s or braces.
27207
27208 Special commands:
27209 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27210
27211 Mode variables:
27212 slitex-run-command
27213 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27214 tex-directory
27215 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27216 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27217 tex-dvi-print-command
27218 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27219 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27220 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27221 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27222 tex-dvi-view-command
27223 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27224 tex-show-queue-command
27225 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27226 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27227
27228 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27229 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27230 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27231 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27232
27233 \(fn)" t nil)
27234
27235 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27236
27237
27238 \(fn)" nil nil)
27239
27240 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27241 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27242
27243 \(fn)" t nil)
27244
27245 ;;;***
27246 \f
27247 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27248 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27250
27251 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27252 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27253 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27254 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27255
27256 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27257 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27258 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27259
27260 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27261
27262 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27263 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27264 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27265 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27266 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27267
27268 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27269
27270 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27271 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27272 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27273 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27274
27275 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27276 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27277 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27278 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27279
27280 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27281 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27282
27283 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27284
27285 ;;;***
27286 \f
27287 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27288 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27289 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27290
27291 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27292 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27293
27294 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27295
27296 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27297 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27298
27299 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27300
27301 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27302 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27303
27304 It has these extra commands:
27305 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27306
27307 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27308 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27309 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27310 modified version of TeX input format.
27311
27312 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27313 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27314 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27315 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27316
27317 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27318 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27319 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27320 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27321 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27322 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27323 in the Texinfo file.
27324
27325 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27326 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27327 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27328 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27329 move forward past the closing brace.
27330
27331 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27332 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27333
27334 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27335 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27336 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27337
27338 Here are the functions:
27339
27340 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27341 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27342 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27343
27344 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27345 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27346 texinfo-master-menu
27347
27348 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27349
27350 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27351 which menu descriptions are indented.
27352
27353 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27354 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27355 in the region.
27356
27357 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27358 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27359 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27360 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27361
27362 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27363 be the first node in the file.
27364
27365 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27366 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27367
27368 \(fn)" t nil)
27369
27370 ;;;***
27371 \f
27372 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27373 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27374 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27375 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27376
27377 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27378 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27379 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27380 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27381
27382 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27383
27384 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27385 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27386
27387 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27388
27389 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27390 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27391
27392 \(fn)" t nil)
27393
27394 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27395
27396
27397 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27398
27399 ;;;***
27400 \f
27401 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27402 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27403 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27404 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27405
27406 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27407 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27408 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27409 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27410 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27411 `line', and `page'.
27412
27413 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27414
27415 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27416 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27417 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27418 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27419 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27420 `line', and `page'.
27421
27422 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27423 valid THING.
27424
27425 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27426 positions of the thing found.
27427
27428 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27429
27430 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27431 Return the THING at point.
27432 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27433 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27434 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27435 `line', `number', and `page'.
27436
27437 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27438 a symbol as a valid THING.
27439
27440 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27441
27442 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27443 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27444
27445 \(fn)" nil nil)
27446
27447 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27448 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27449
27450 \(fn)" nil nil)
27451
27452 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27453 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27454
27455 \(fn)" nil nil)
27456
27457 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27458 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27459
27460 \(fn)" nil nil)
27461
27462 ;;;***
27463 \f
27464 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27465 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27466 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27467 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27468
27469 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27470 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27471
27472 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27473
27474 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27475 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27476 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27477 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27478
27479 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27480
27481 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27482 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27483
27484 \(fn)" t nil)
27485
27486 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27487 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27488
27489 \(fn)" t nil)
27490
27491 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27492
27493 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27494 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27495
27496 \(fn)" t nil)
27497
27498 ;;;***
27499 \f
27500 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27501 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27502 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27503 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27504 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20707
27505 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
27506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27507
27508 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27509 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27510 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27511
27512 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27513
27514 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27515 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27516
27517 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27518
27519 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27520 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27521 The returned string has no composition information.
27522
27523 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27524
27525 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27526 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27527
27528 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27529
27530 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27531 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27532
27533 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27534
27535 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27536 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27537 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27538 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27539
27540 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27541
27542 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27543 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27544 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27545 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27546
27547 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27548
27549 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27550 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27551 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27552
27553 \(fn)" t nil)
27554
27555 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27556 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27557 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27558
27559 \(fn)" t nil)
27560
27561 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27562
27563
27564 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27565
27566 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27567
27568
27569 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27570
27571 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27572
27573
27574 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27575
27576 ;;;***
27577 \f
27578 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27579 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27581
27582 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27583 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27584 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27585 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27586 parameters.
27587 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27588
27589 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27590
27591 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27592 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27593 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27594 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27595 parameters.
27596 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27597
27598 \(fn)" t nil)
27599
27600 ;;;***
27601 \f
27602 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27603 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27604 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27605 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27606
27607 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27608 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27609
27610 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27611 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27612
27613 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27614 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27615 This display updates automatically every minute.
27616 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27617 are displayed as well.
27618 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27619
27620 \(fn)" t nil)
27621
27622 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27623 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27624 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27625 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27626 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27627 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27628
27629 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27630
27631 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27632 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27634 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27635 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27636
27637 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27638 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27639 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27640 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27641 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27642
27643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27644
27645 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27646 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27647 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27648 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27649
27650 \(fn)" t nil)
27651
27652 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27653 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27654 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27655 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27656
27657 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27658
27659 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27660 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27661
27662 \(fn)" t nil)
27663
27664 ;;;***
27665 \f
27666 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27667 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27668 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27669 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27670 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27671 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27672
27673 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27674 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27675 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27676
27677 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27678 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27679 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27680 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27681 (progn
27682 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27683 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27684 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27685
27686 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27687 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27688
27689 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27690
27691 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27692 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27693
27694 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27695
27696 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27697 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27698
27699 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27700
27701 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27702 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27703 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27704
27705 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27706
27707 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27708
27709 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27710 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27711 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27712
27713 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27714
27715 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27716 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27717
27718 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27719
27720 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27721 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27722 DATE should be a date-time string.
27723
27724 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27725
27726 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27727 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27728 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27729
27730 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27731
27732 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27733 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27734
27735 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27736
27737 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27738 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27739
27740 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27741
27742 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27743 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27744 TIME should be a time value.
27745 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27746
27747 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27748
27749 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27750 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27751 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27752
27753 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27754
27755 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27756 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27757 The valid format specifiers are:
27758 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27759 %d is the number of days.
27760 %h is the number of hours.
27761 %m is the number of minutes.
27762 %s is the number of seconds.
27763 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27764 %% is a literal \"%\".
27765
27766 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27767 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27768
27769 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27770 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27771 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27772
27773 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27774 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27775 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27776
27777 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27778
27779 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27780
27781 ;;;***
27782 \f
27783 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27784 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27785 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27786 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27787 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27788 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27789 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27790 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27791 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27792 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27793 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27794
27795 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27796 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27797 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27798 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27799 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27800 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27801 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27802 look like one of the following:
27803 Time-stamp: <>
27804 Time-stamp: \" \"
27805 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27806 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27807 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27808 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27809 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27810 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27811 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27812 the template.
27813
27814 \(fn)" t nil)
27815
27816 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27817 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27818 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27819
27820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27821
27822 ;;;***
27823 \f
27824 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27825 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27826 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27827 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27828 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
27829 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27830
27831 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27832 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27833 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27834 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27835 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27836 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27837 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27838 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27839 display (non-nil means on).
27840
27841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27842
27843 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27844 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27845 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27846 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27847 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27848 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27849 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27850 this function is called within a day.
27851
27852 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27853 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27854 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27855 discover the name of the project.
27856
27857 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27858
27859 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27860 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27861 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27862 begun during the last time segment.
27863
27864 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27865 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27866 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27867 discover the reason.
27868
27869 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27870
27871 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27872 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27873 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27874 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27875 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27876
27877 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27878
27879 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27880 Change to working on a different project.
27881 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27882 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27883 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27884 working on.
27885
27886 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27887
27888 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27889 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27890 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27891
27892 \(fn)" nil nil)
27893
27894 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27895 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27896 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27897
27898 \(fn)" t nil)
27899
27900 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27901 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27902 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27903 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27904 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27905 \"relative to today\".
27906
27907 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27908
27909 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27910 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27911 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27912 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27913
27914 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27915
27916 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27917 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27918 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27919 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27920 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27921 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27922
27923 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27924
27925 ;;;***
27926 \f
27927 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27928 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27930
27931 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27932 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27933 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27934 the generated Quail package is saved.
27935
27936 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27937
27938 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27939 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27940 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27941 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27942 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27943 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27944 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27945
27946 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27947
27948 ;;;***
27949 \f
27950 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27951 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27952 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27953 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27954 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27955
27956 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27957 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27958 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27959 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27960 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27961
27962 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27963
27964 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27965 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27966 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27967 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27968 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27969
27970 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27971
27972 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27973 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27974 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27975 in the menu in two ways:
27976 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27977 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27978 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27979
27980 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27981 keymap or an alist of alists.
27982 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27983 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27984
27985 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27986
27987 ;;;***
27988 \f
27989 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27990 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27991 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
27992 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27993
27994 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27995 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27996
27997 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27998
27999 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28000 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28001
28002 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28003
28004 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28005 Insert new TODO list entry.
28006 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28007 category.
28008
28009 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28010
28011 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28012 List top priorities for each category.
28013
28014 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28015 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28016
28017 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28018 between each category.
28019 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28020
28021 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28022
28023 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28024 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28025 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28026 between each category.
28027
28028 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28029
28030 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28031
28032 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28033 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28034
28035 \(fn)" t nil)
28036
28037 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28038 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28039
28040 \(fn)" nil nil)
28041
28042 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28043 Show TODO list.
28044
28045 \(fn)" t nil)
28046
28047 ;;;***
28048 \f
28049 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28050 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28051 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28052 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28053
28054 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28055 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28056 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28057
28058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28059
28060 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28061 Add an item to the tool bar.
28062 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28063 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28064 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28065 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28066
28067 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28068 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28069 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28070 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28071
28072 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28073 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28074
28075 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28076
28077 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28078 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28079 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28080 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28081 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28082 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28083
28084 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28085 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28086 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28087 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28088
28089 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28090
28091 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28092 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28093 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28094 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28095 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28096 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28097 properties to add to the binding.
28098
28099 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28100
28101 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28102 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28103
28104 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28105
28106 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28107 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28108 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28109 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28110 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28111 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28112 properties to add to the binding.
28113
28114 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28115 holds a keymap.
28116
28117 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28118
28119 ;;;***
28120 \f
28121 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28122 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28124
28125 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28126 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28127 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28128 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28129 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28130 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28131
28132 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28133
28134 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28135 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28137 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28138 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28139
28140 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28141
28142 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28143
28144 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28145 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28146
28147 \(fn)" t nil)
28148
28149 ;;;***
28150 \f
28151 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28152 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28153 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28154
28155 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28156 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28157
28158 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28159 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28160 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28161 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28162 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28163
28164 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28165 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28166 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28167 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28168 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28169
28170 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28171 (tpu-edt)
28172
28173 Known Problems:
28174
28175 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28176 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28177 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28178 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28179 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28180 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28181
28182 \(fn)" t nil)
28183
28184 ;;;***
28185 \f
28186 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20707 18685
28187 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
28188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28189
28190 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28191 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28192 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28193 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28194 to a tcp server on another machine.
28195
28196 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28197
28198 ;;;***
28199 \f
28200 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28201 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20716 60089 50197 777000))
28202 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28203
28204 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28205 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28206
28207 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28208
28209 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28210 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28211 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28212 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28213 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28214 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28215 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28216 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28217
28218 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28219
28220 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28221
28222 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28223 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28224 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28225 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28226 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28227 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28228 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28229 the window or buffer configuration.
28230
28231 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28232
28233 To untrace a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28234
28235 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28236
28237 ;;;***
28238 \f
28239 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28240 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28241 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28242 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28244
28245 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28246 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28247 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28248
28249 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28250
28251 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28252 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28253
28254 It can have the following values:
28255
28256 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28257 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28258 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28259
28260 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28261
28262 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28263 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28264 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28265 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28266
28267 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28268
28269 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28270 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28271 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28272 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28273
28274 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28275 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28276 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28277
28278 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28279 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28280 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28281 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28282 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28283 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28284 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28285 files which are not really Tramp files.
28286
28287 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28288 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28289 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28290 updated after changing this variable.
28291
28292 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28293
28294 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28295 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28296 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28297 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28298
28299 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28300
28301 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28302 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28303 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28304 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28305
28306 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28307 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28308 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28309
28310 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28311 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28312 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28313
28314 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28315 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28316 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28317 updated after changing this variable.
28318
28319 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28320
28321 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28322 Alist of completion handler functions.
28323 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28324 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28325 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28326
28327 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28328 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28329 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28330 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28331
28332 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28333 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28334 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28335 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28336
28337 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28338 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28339 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28340
28341 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28342
28343 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28344 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28345 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28346
28347 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28348 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28349
28350 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28351
28352 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28353
28354
28355 \(fn)" nil nil)
28356
28357 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28358 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28359
28360 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28361
28362 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28363 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28364
28365 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28366
28367 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28368 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28369
28370 \(fn)" t nil)
28371
28372 ;;;***
28373 \f
28374 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28375 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28377
28378 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28379
28380
28381 \(fn)" nil nil)
28382
28383 ;;;***
28384 \f
28385 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20707
28386 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
28387 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28388
28389 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28390 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28391 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28392 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28393 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28394 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28395 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28396 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28397
28398 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28399 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28400 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28401
28402 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28403 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28404 resumed later.
28405
28406 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28407
28408 ;;;***
28409 \f
28410 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28411 ;;;;;; (20360 54279 565993 0))
28412 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28413
28414 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28415
28416
28417 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28418
28419 ;;;***
28420 \f
28421 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28422 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28423 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28424 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28425 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28426 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28427
28428 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28429 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28430 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28431 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28432 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28433 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28434 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28435
28436 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28437
28438 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28439 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28440 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28441 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28442
28443 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28444
28445 \(fn)" t nil)
28446
28447 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28448 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28449 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28450 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28451 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28452 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28453 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28454
28455 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28456 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28457
28458 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28459 \\___/\\
28460 / \\
28461 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28462
28463 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28464
28465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28466
28467 ;;;***
28468 \f
28469 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28470 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28471 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28472 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28473
28474 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28475 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28476 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28477 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28478 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28479 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28480
28481 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28482
28483 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28484 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28485 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28486
28487 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28488 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28489 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28490 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28491 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28492 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28493 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28494
28495 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28496 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28497
28498 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28499 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28500 reset the keystroke counter.
28501
28502 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28503 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28504 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28505 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28506
28507 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28508 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28509 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28510 `type-break-schedule' command.
28511
28512 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28513 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28514 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28515 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28516 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28517 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28518 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28519 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28520 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28521
28522 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28523 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28524 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28525 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28526 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28527
28528 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28529 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28530 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28531 approximate good values for this.
28532
28533 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28534 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28535
28536 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28537 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28538 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28539 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28540 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28541 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28542
28543 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28544 a typing break occur. They include:
28545
28546 `type-break-query-mode'
28547 `type-break-query-function'
28548 `type-break-query-interval'
28549
28550 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28551
28552 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28553 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28554 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28555 problems.
28556
28557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28558
28559 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28560 Take a typing break.
28561
28562 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28563 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28564
28565 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28566 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28567
28568 \(fn)" t nil)
28569
28570 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28571 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28572 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28573 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28574
28575 \(fn)" t nil)
28576
28577 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28578 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28579
28580 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28581 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28582 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28583 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28584 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28585 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28586 average typing speed.)
28587
28588 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28589 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28590 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28591 the computed maximum threshold.
28592
28593 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28594 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28595 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28596 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28597 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28598
28599 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28600
28601 ;;;***
28602 \f
28603 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20707 18685
28604 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
28605 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28606
28607 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28608 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28609 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28610 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28611 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28612
28613 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28614
28615 ;;;***
28616 \f
28617 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28618 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28619 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28620 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28621 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28622 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28623 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28624
28625 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28626 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28627
28628 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28629
28630 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28631 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28632
28633 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28634
28635 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28636 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28637
28638 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28639
28640 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28641 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28642
28643 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28644
28645 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28646 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28647
28648 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28649
28650 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28651 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28652
28653 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28654
28655 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28656 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28657
28658 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28659
28660 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28661 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28662
28663 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28664
28665 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28666 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28667
28668 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28669
28670 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28671 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28672
28673 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28674
28675 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28676 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28677
28678 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28679
28680 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28681 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28682
28683 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28684
28685 ;;;***
28686 \f
28687 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28688 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28690
28691 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28692 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28693 Works by overstriking underscores.
28694 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28695 which specify the range to operate on.
28696
28697 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28698
28699 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28700 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28701 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28702 which specify the range to operate on.
28703
28704 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28705
28706 ;;;***
28707 \f
28708 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28709 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28711
28712 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28713 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28714 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28715 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28716 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28717 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28718
28719 \(fn)" nil nil)
28720
28721 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28722 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28723
28724 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28725
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20707
28729 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28731
28732 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28733 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28734 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28735 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28736
28737 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28738
28739 ;;;***
28740 \f
28741 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28742 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28743 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28744
28745 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28746 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28747 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28748 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28749 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28750
28751 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28752 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28753 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28754 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28755 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28756 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28757
28758 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28759 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28760 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28761
28762 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28763 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28764 the callback is not called).
28765
28766 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28767 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28768 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28769 take effect.
28770
28771 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28772 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28773 the server.
28774 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28775 URL-encoded before it's used.
28776
28777 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28778
28779 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28780 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28781 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28782 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28783 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28784
28785 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28786
28787 ;;;***
28788 \f
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28790 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28791 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28792
28793 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28794 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28795 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28796
28797 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28798 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28799 `url-generic-parse-url'
28800 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28801 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28802 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28803 realm
28804 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28805 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28806 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28807 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28808 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28809 what type of auth to use
28810 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28811 if one cannot be found in the cache
28812
28813 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28814
28815 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28816 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28817
28818 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28819 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28820 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28821 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28822 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28823 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28824 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28825 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28826
28827 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28828
28829 ;;;***
28830 \f
28831 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28832 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28833 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28834
28835 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28836 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28837
28838 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28839
28840 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28841 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28842 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28843
28844 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28845
28846 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28847 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28848
28849 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28850
28851 ;;;***
28852 \f
28853 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20707 18685
28854 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
28855 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28856
28857 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28858
28859
28860 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28861
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28865 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28867
28868 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28869 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28870 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28871
28872 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28873
28874 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28875 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28876 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28877 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28878
28879 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28880 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28881 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28882 though.
28883
28884 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28885
28886 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28887 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28888 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28889
28890 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28891
28892 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28893
28894
28895 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28896
28897 ;;;***
28898 \f
28899 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20707
28900 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
28901 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28902
28903 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28904 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28905
28906 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28907
28908 ;;;***
28909 \f
28910 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28911 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
28912 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28913
28914 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28915 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28916
28917 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28918
28919 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28920 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28921 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28922 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28923 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28924
28925 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28926
28927 ;;;***
28928 \f
28929 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28930 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28931 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
28932 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28933
28934 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28935 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28936 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28937 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28938 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28939 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28940
28941 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28942
28943 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28944 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28945 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28946 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28947 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28948
28949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28950
28951 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28952 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28953 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28954 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28955
28956 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28957
28958 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28959 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28960 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28961 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28962 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28963 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28964 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28965 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28966 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28967 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28968
28969 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28970
28971 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28972 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28973 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28974 accessible.
28975
28976 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28977
28978 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28979
28980
28981 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28982
28983 ;;;***
28984 \f
28985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20707 18685 911514
28986 ;;;;;; 0))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28988 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28989
28990 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28991 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28992 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28993 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28994 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28995
28996 ;;;***
28997 \f
28998 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20707 18685
28999 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
29000 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29001
29002 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29003
29004
29005 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29006
29007 ;;;***
29008 \f
29009 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20707
29010 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
29011 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29012
29013 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29014 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29015 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29016 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29017 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29018
29019 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29020
29021 ;;;***
29022 \f
29023 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29024 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29025 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29026
29027 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29028
29029
29030 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29031
29032 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29033 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29034
29035 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29036
29037 ;;;***
29038 \f
29039 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29040 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20707 18685 911514
29041 ;;;;;; 0))
29042 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29043
29044 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29045 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29046
29047 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29048
29049 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29050 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29051
29052 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29053
29054 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29055
29056
29057 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29058
29059 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29060
29061 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29062
29063 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29064
29065 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29066 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29067
29068 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29069
29070 ;;;***
29071 \f
29072 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29073 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29074 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29075
29076 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29077
29078
29079 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29080
29081 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29082
29083
29084 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29085
29086 ;;;***
29087 \f
29088 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29089 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29090 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29091 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29092
29093 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29094
29095
29096 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29097
29098 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29099
29100
29101 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29104
29105
29106 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29107
29108 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29109
29110
29111 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29112
29113 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29114
29115
29116 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29117
29118 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29119
29120
29121 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29122
29123 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29124
29125
29126 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29127
29128 ;;;***
29129 \f
29130 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29131 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29132 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29133
29134 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29135 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29136
29137 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29138
29139 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29140 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29141 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29142
29143 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29144 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29145 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29146 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29147 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29148 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29149 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29150 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29151 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29152 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29153 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29154 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29155 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29156 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29157
29158 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29159 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29160 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29161
29162 Here is an example. The URL
29163
29164 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29165
29166 parses to
29167
29168 TYPE = \"foo\"
29169 USER = \"bob\"
29170 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29171 HOST = \"example.com\"
29172 PORTSPEC = 42
29173 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29174 TARGET = \"nose\"
29175 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29176 FULLNESS = t
29177
29178 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29179
29180 ;;;***
29181 \f
29182 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29183 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29184 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29185
29186 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29187 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29188
29189 \(fn)" t nil)
29190
29191 ;;;***
29192 \f
29193 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29194 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29195 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29196
29197 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29198 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29199 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29200 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29201 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29202 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29203
29204 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29205
29206 ;;;***
29207 \f
29208 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29209 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29210 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29211 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29212 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29213 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29214 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20707
29215 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
29216 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29217
29218 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29219 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29220 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29221
29222 If t, all messages will be logged.
29223 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29224 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29225
29226 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29227
29228 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29229
29230
29231 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29232
29233 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29234
29235
29236 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29237
29238 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29239 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29240 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29241 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29242 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29243 & ==> &amp;
29244 < ==> &lt;
29245 > ==> &gt;
29246 \" ==> &quot;
29247
29248 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29249
29250 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29251 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29252 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29253
29254 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29255
29256 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29257 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29258 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29259
29260 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29261
29262 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29263 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29264
29265 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29268 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29269
29270 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29271
29272 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29273 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29274
29275 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29278
29279
29280 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29281
29282 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29283
29284
29285 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29286
29287 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29288
29289
29290 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29291
29292 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29293
29294 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29295 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29296
29297 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29298
29299 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29300 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29301
29302 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29303
29304 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29305
29306
29307 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29308
29309 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29310 Build a query-string.
29311
29312 Given a QUERY in the form:
29313 '((key1 val1)
29314 (key2 val2)
29315 (key3 val1 val2)
29316 (key4)
29317 (key5 \"\"))
29318
29319 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29320
29321 This will return a string
29322 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29323 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29324 be used.
29325
29326 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29327
29328 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29329 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29330
29331 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29332
29333 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29334 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29335 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29336 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29337 forbidden in URL encoding.
29338
29339 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29340
29341 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29342 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29343 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29344 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29345 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29346 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29347
29348 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29349 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29350 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29351 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29352
29353 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29354
29355 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29356 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29357 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29358 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29359 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29360 should return it unchanged.
29361
29362 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29365 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29366 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29367 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29368
29369 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29370
29371 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29372 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29373 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29374
29375 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29376
29377 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29378 View the current document's URL.
29379 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29380 the minibuffer.
29381
29382 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29383
29384 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29385
29386 ;;;***
29387 \f
29388 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29389 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29390 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29391
29392 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29393 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29394 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29395 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29396 to refrain from editing the file
29397 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29398 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29399 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29400 in any way you like.
29401
29402 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29403
29404 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29405 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29406 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29407 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29408 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29409
29410 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29411 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29412
29413 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29414
29415 ;;;***
29416 \f
29417 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29418 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29419 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29420 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29421
29422 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29423
29424
29425 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29426
29427 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29428
29429
29430 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29431
29432 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29433
29434
29435 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29436
29437 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29438
29439
29440 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29441
29442 ;;;***
29443 \f
29444 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20707 18685
29445 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29447
29448 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29449 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29450
29451 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29452
29453 ;;;***
29454 \f
29455 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29456 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29457 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29459
29460 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29461 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29462 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29463 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29464
29465 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29466
29467 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29468 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29469 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29470
29471 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29472
29473 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29474 Uudecode region between START and END.
29475 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29476
29477 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29478
29479 ;;;***
29480 \f
29481 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29482 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29483 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29484 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29485 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29486 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29487 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20707
29488 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
29489 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29490
29491 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29492 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29493 See `run-hooks'.")
29494
29495 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29496
29497 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29498 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29499 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29500
29501 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29502
29503 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29504 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29505 See `run-hooks'.")
29506
29507 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29508
29509 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29510 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29511 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29512 same state. If not, signal an error.
29513
29514 For merging-based version control systems:
29515 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29516 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29517 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29518 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29519 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29520 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29521
29522 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29523 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29524 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29525 the file(s) for editing.
29526 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29527 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29528 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29529 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29530 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29531 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29532
29533 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29534
29535 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29536 Register into a version control system.
29537 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29538 Otherwise register the current file.
29539 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29540 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29541
29542 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29543 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29544 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29545 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29546 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29547 first backend that could register the file is used.
29548
29549 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29550
29551 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29552 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29553
29554 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29555
29556 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29557 Display diffs between file revisions.
29558 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29559 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29560 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29561
29562 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29563 saving the buffer.
29564
29565 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29566
29567 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29568 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29569 repository history using ediff.
29570
29571 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29572
29573 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29574 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29575 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29576 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29577 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29578
29579 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29580 saving the buffer.
29581
29582 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29583
29584 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29585 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29586 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29587 fileset with the working revision.
29588 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29589 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29590
29591 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29592 saving the buffer.
29593
29594 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29595
29596 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29597 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29598 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29599 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29600
29601 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29602
29603 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29604 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29605 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29606 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29607
29608 \(fn)" t nil)
29609
29610 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29611 Perform a version control merge operation.
29612 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29613 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29614 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29615 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29616
29617 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29618 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29619 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29620 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29621 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29622 changes from the current branch.
29623
29624 \(fn)" t nil)
29625
29626 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29627
29628 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29629 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29630 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29631 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29632 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29633 checked out in that new branch.
29634
29635 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29636
29637 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29638 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29639 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29640 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29641 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29642 allowed and simply skipped).
29643
29644 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29645
29646 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29647 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29648 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29649 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29650 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29651
29652 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29653 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29654
29655 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29656
29657 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29658 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29659 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29660 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29661 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29662
29663 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29664
29665 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29666 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29667 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29668
29669 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29672 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29673 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29674
29675 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29676
29677 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29678 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29679 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29680 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29681
29682 \(fn)" t nil)
29683
29684 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29685 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29686 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29687 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29688
29689 \(fn)" t nil)
29690
29691 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29692
29693 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29694 Update the current fileset or branch.
29695 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29696 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29697 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29698 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29699
29700 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29701 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29702 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29703 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29704 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29705
29706 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29707
29708 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29709
29710 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29711 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29712 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29713 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29714 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29715 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29716 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29717
29718 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29719
29720 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29721 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29722 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29723 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29724 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29725 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29726 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29727 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29728 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29729
29730 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29731
29732 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29733 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29734
29735 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29736
29737 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29738 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29739
29740 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29741
29742 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29743 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29744 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29745 directory.
29746
29747 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29748
29749 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29750 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29751 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29752
29753 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29754 log entries should be gathered.
29755
29756 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29757
29758 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29759 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29760
29761 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29762
29763 ;;;***
29764 \f
29765 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29766 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29767 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29768
29769 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29770 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29771
29772 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29773 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29774 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29775 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29776 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29777 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29778
29779 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29780 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29781 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29782 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29783 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29784 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29785 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29786 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29787
29788 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29789
29790 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29791
29792 Customization variables:
29793
29794 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29795 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29796 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29797 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29798
29799 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29800
29801 ;;;***
29802 \f
29803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20707 18685 911514
29804 ;;;;;; 0))
29805 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29806 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29807 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29808 (progn
29809 (load "vc-arch")
29810 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29811
29812 ;;;***
29813 \f
29814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20707 18685 911514
29815 ;;;;;; 0))
29816 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29817
29818 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29819 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29820
29821 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29822 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29823 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29824 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29825 (progn
29826 (load "vc-bzr")
29827 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29828
29829 ;;;***
29830 \f
29831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20707 18685 911514
29832 ;;;;;; 0))
29833 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29834 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29835 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29836 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29837 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29838 (load "vc-cvs")
29839 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29840
29841 ;;;***
29842 \f
29843 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20707 18685 911514
29844 ;;;;;; 0))
29845 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29846
29847 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29848 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29849 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29850 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29851 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29852
29853 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29854 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29855 The file lines appear later.
29856
29857 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29858 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29859
29860 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29861
29862 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29863
29864 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29865
29866 ;;;***
29867 \f
29868 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29869 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29870 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29871
29872 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29873 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29874 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29875 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29876 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29877 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29878 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29879 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29880 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29881 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29882 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29883 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29884 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29885 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29886 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29887
29888 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29889
29890 ;;;***
29891 \f
29892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20707 18685 911514
29893 ;;;;;; 0))
29894 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29895 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29896 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29897 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29898 (progn
29899 (load "vc-git")
29900 (vc-git-registered file))))
29901
29902 ;;;***
29903 \f
29904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29906 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29907 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29908 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29909 (progn
29910 (load "vc-hg")
29911 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29912
29913 ;;;***
29914 \f
29915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20707 18685 911514
29916 ;;;;;; 0))
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29918
29919 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29920 Name of the monotone directory.")
29921
29922 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29923 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29924 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29925 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29926 (progn
29927 (load "vc-mtn")
29928 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29929
29930 ;;;***
29931 \f
29932 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29933 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29935
29936 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29937 Where to look for RCS master files.
29938 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29939
29940 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29941
29942 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29943
29944 ;;;***
29945 \f
29946 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29947 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29948 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29949
29950 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29951 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29952 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29953
29954 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29955
29956 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29957
29958 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29959 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29960 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29961 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29962
29963 ;;;***
29964 \f
29965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20707 18685 911514
29966 ;;;;;; 0))
29967 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29968 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29969 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29970 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29971 "_svn")
29972 (t ".svn"))))
29973 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29974 (load "vc-svn")
29975 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29976
29977 ;;;***
29978 \f
29979 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29980 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
29981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29982 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29983
29984 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29985 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29986
29987 Usage:
29988 ------
29989
29990 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29991 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29992 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29993 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29994
29995 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29996 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29997 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29998 completions.
29999
30000 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30001 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30002
30003 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30004 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30005
30006 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30007 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30008 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30009
30010 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30011
30012
30013 Maintenance:
30014 ------------
30015
30016 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30017 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30018
30019 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30020
30021 Official distribution is at
30022 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30023
30024
30025 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30026 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30027
30028 Key bindings:
30029 -------------
30030
30031 \\{vera-mode-map}
30032
30033 \(fn)" t nil)
30034
30035 ;;;***
30036 \f
30037 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30038 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
30039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30040
30041 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30042 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30043 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30044 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30045 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30046
30047 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30048
30049 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30050 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30051
30052 Supports highlighting.
30053
30054 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30055 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30056
30057 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30058
30059 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30060 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30061 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30062 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30063 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30064 on the left side of your screen.
30065 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30066 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30067 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30068 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30069 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30070 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30071 function keyword.
30072 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30073 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30074 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30075 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30076 if (a)
30077 begin
30078 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30079 Indentation for case statements.
30080 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30081 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30082 mark after an end.
30083 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30084 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30085 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30086 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30087 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30088 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30089 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30090 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30091 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30092 if (a)
30093 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30094 otherwise you get:
30095 if (a)
30096 begin
30097 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30098 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30099 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30100 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30101 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30102 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30103 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30104 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30105 comments in tight quarters.
30106 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30107 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30108
30109 Variables controlling other actions:
30110
30111 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30112 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30113 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30114
30115 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30116
30117 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30118
30119 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30120 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30121 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30122
30123 Some other functions are:
30124
30125 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30126 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30127 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30128 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30129 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30130
30131 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30132 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30133 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30134 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30135
30136 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30137 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30138 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30139 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30140 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30141 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30142 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30143 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30144 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30145 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30146 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30147 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30148 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30149 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30150 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30151 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30152 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30153 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30154 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30155 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30156 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30157 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30158 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30159 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30160 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30161 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30162 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30163 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30164 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30165 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30166
30167 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30168 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30169
30170 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30171
30172 \(fn)" t nil)
30173
30174 ;;;***
30175 \f
30176 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30177 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
30178 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30179
30180 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30181 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30182
30183 Usage:
30184 ------
30185
30186 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30187 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30188 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30189 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30190 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30191 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30192 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30193 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30194 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30195
30196 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30197 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30198 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30199 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30200
30201 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30202 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30203 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30204 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30205 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30206
30207 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30208 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30209
30210
30211 HEADER INSERTION:
30212 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30213 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30214 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30215
30216
30217 STUTTERING:
30218 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30219 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30220 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30221 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30222
30223 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30224 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30225 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30226 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30227 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30228
30229
30230 WORD COMPLETION:
30231 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30232 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30233 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30234 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30235
30236 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30237 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30238 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30239 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30240 beginning with \"std\").
30241
30242 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30243 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30244 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30245 stop.
30246
30247
30248 COMMENTS:
30249 `--' puts a single comment.
30250 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30251 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30252 with a comment in between.
30253 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30254 out following lines.
30255 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30256 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30257 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30258 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30259
30260 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30261 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30262 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30263 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30264 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30265 non-nil.
30266
30267 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30268 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30269 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30270 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30271 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30272 multi-line comments.
30273
30274
30275 INDENTATION:
30276 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30277 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30278 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30279 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30280 the entire region.
30281
30282 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30283 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30284 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30285 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30286
30287 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30288 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30289 and vice versa.
30290
30291 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30292 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30293
30294 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30295 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30296 line.
30297
30298
30299 ALIGNMENT:
30300 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30301 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30302 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30303 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30304 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30305 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30306 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30307 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30308
30309 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30310 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30311 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30312 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30313 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30314 is non-nil.
30315
30316 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30317 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30318 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30319
30320 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30321 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30322
30323
30324 CODE FILLING:
30325 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30326 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30327 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30328 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30329 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30330 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30331
30332
30333 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30334 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30335 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30336 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30337 command:
30338
30339 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30340
30341
30342 PORT TRANSLATION:
30343 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30344 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30345 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30346 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30347 internal signal initializations (menu).
30348
30349 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30350 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30351 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30352
30353 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30354 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30355 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30356 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30357 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30358 in subsequent paste operations.)
30359
30360 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30361 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30362 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30363
30364
30365 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30366 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30367 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30368 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30369 association list with formals).
30370
30371
30372 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30373 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30374 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30375 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30376 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30377 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30378 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30379 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30380 `vhdl-testbench'.
30381
30382
30383 KEY BINDINGS:
30384 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30385
30386
30387 VHDL MENU:
30388 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30389
30390
30391 FILE BROWSER:
30392 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30393 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30394 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30395
30396 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30397 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30398
30399
30400 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30401 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30402 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30403 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30404
30405 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30406 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30407 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30408
30409 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30410 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30411 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30412 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30413
30414 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30415 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30416 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30417 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30418 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30419
30420 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30421 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30422 required by secondary units.
30423
30424
30425 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30426 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30427 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30428 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30429 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30430 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30431 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30432 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30433 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30434 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30435 inputs to this component -> input port created
30436 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30437 outputs from this component -> output port created
30438 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30439 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30440
30441 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30442 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30443 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30444 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30445 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30446
30447 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30448 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30449
30450 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30451 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30452 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30453 component instantiation is also supported (option
30454 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30455
30456 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30457 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30458 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30459 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30460 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30461 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30462 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30463 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30464 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30465 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30466 generating the configuration.
30467
30468 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30469 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30470 configurations in speedbar.
30471
30472 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30473
30474
30475 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30476 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30477 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30478 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30479 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30480 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30481 information. New compilers can be added.
30482
30483 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30484 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30485
30486
30487 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30488 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30489 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30490 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30491 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30492
30493 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30494 command:
30495
30496 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30497 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30498 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30499
30500 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30501 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30502 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30503 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30504 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30505 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30506 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30507 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30508 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30509
30510 Limitations:
30511 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30512 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30513 not (yet) supported.
30514 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30515 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30516 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30517
30518
30519 PROJECTS:
30520 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30521 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30522 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30523 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30524 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30525 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30526 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30527 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30528
30529 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30530 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30531 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30532 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30533 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30534 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30535 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30536 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30537 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30538 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30539 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30540
30541
30542 SPECIAL MENUES:
30543 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30544 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30545 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30546 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30547 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30548 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30549 current directory for VHDL source files.
30550
30551
30552 VHDL STANDARDS:
30553 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30554 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30555
30556
30557 KEYWORD CASE:
30558 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30559 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30560 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30561 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30562 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30563 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30564 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30565 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30566
30567
30568 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30569 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30570 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30571 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30572 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30573 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30574 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30575
30576 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30577 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30578 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30579 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30580 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30581 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30582
30583 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30584 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30585 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30586 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30587 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30588 visually.
30589
30590 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30591 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30592 highlighted if written in lower case.
30593
30594 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30595 highlighted using a different background color if option
30596 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30597
30598 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30599 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30600 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30601 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30602 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30603
30604
30605 USER MODELS:
30606 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30607 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30608 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30609
30610
30611 HIDE/SHOW:
30612 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30613 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30614 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30615 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30616 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30617
30618
30619 CODE UPDATING:
30620 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30621 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30622 Limitations:
30623 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30624 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30625 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30626 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30627 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30628 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30629 (used to obtain the port names).
30630 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30631 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30632 sensitivity lists.
30633
30634
30635 CODE FIXING:
30636 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30637 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30638
30639
30640 PRINTING:
30641 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30642 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30643 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30644 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30645 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30646 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30647 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30648 printers.
30649
30650
30651 OPTIONS:
30652 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30653 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30654 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30655 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30656 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30657
30658 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30659 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30660 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30661 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30662 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30663 INSTALL file).
30664
30665 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30666 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30667
30668
30669 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30670 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30671 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30672 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30673
30674 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30675
30676
30677 HINTS:
30678 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30679 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30680
30681 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30682
30683 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30684
30685 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30686
30687
30688 RELEASE NOTES:
30689 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30690
30691
30692 Maintenance:
30693 ------------
30694
30695 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30696 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30697
30698 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30699
30700 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30701 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30702 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30703 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30704
30705 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30706 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30707 where the latest version can be found.
30708
30709
30710 Known problems:
30711 ---------------
30712
30713 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30714 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30715 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30716 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30717
30718
30719 The VHDL Mode Authors
30720 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30721
30722 Key bindings:
30723 -------------
30724
30725 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30726
30727 \(fn)" t nil)
30728
30729 ;;;***
30730 \f
30731 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20627 28531 447943
30732 ;;;;;; 0))
30733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30734
30735 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30736 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30737 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30738 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30739
30740 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30741 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30742 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30743 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30744 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30745
30746 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30747 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30748
30749 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30750
30751 * Limitations and unsupported features
30752 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30753 not supported.
30754 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30755 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30756
30757 * Modifications
30758 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30759 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30760 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30761 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30762 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30763 for undoing a repeated change command.
30764 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30765 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30766 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30767
30768 * Extensions
30769 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30770 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30771 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30772 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30773 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30774 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30775 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30776 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30777
30778 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30779
30780 \(fn)" t nil)
30781
30782 ;;;***
30783 \f
30784 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30785 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30786 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30787 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
30788 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30789
30790 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30791 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30792
30793 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30794
30795 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30796 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30797 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30798 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30799
30800 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30801
30802 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30803 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30804
30805 \(fn)" t nil)
30806
30807 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30808 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30809 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30810 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30811
30812 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30813
30814 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30815 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30816
30817 \(fn)" t nil)
30818
30819 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30820
30821
30822 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30823
30824 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30825
30826
30827 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30828
30829 ;;;***
30830 \f
30831 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30832 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30833 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30834 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30835 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
30836 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30837
30838 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30839 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30840 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30841
30842 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30843
30844 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30845 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30846 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30847 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30848
30849 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30850
30851 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30852 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30853
30854 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30855
30856 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30857 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30858 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30859 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30860 moving around in the buffer.
30861 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30862 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30863
30864 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30865
30866 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30867
30868 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30869 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30870 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30871 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30872
30873 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30874 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30875 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30876 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30877 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30878
30879 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30880
30881 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30882
30883 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30884 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30885 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30886 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30887 buffer.
30888
30889 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30890 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30891 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30892 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30893 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30894
30895 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30896
30897 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30898
30899 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30900 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30901 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30902 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30903 moving around in the buffer.
30904 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30905 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30906
30907 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30908
30909 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30910 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30911 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30912
30913 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30914 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30915 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30916 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30917
30918 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30919 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30920 own View-like bindings.
30921
30922 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30923
30924 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30925 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30926 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30927 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30928 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30929 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30930 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30931
30932 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30933
30934 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30935
30936 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30937 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30938 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30939
30940 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30941 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30942 own View-like bindings.
30943
30944 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30945
30946 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30947 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30948 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30949 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30950 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30951 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30952 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30953
30954 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30955
30956 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30957
30958 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30959 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30960 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30961
30962 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30963 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30964 own View-like bindings.
30965
30966 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30967
30968 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30969 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30971 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30972 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30973
30974 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30975 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30976 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30977 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30978
30979 \\<view-mode-map>
30980
30981 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30982 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30983 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30984 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30985 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30986 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30987 to a repeat count of one.
30988
30989 H, h, ? This message.
30990 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30991 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30992 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30993 > move to the end of buffer.
30994 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30995 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30996 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30997 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30998 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30999 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31000 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31001 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31002 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31003 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31004 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31005 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31006 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31007 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31008 Use this to view a changing file.
31009 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31010 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31011 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31012 . set the mark.
31013 x exchanges point and mark.
31014 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31015 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31016 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31017 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31018 ' go to position saved in character register.
31019 s do forward incremental search.
31020 r do reverse incremental search.
31021 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31022 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31023 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31024 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31025 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31026 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31027 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31028 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31029 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31030 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31031 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31032 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31033 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31034 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31035 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31036 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31037 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31038
31039 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31040 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31041 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31042 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31043 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31044 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31045 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31046 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31047 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31048
31049 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31050
31051 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31052
31053 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31054 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31055 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31056 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31057 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31058 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31059 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31060 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31061 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31062
31063 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31064
31065 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31066
31067 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31068 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31069 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31070 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31071 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31072 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31073
31074 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31075 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31076 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31077
31078 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31079
31080 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31081
31082 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31083
31084 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31085 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31086
31087 \(fn)" t nil)
31088
31089 ;;;***
31090 \f
31091 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20707
31092 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
31093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31094
31095 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31096 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31097
31098 \(fn)" nil nil)
31099
31100 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31101 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31102
31103 \(fn)" t nil)
31104
31105 ;;;***
31106 \f
31107 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31108 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31110
31111 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31112 Toggle Viper on/off.
31113 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31114
31115 \(fn)" t nil)
31116
31117 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31118 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31119
31120 \(fn)" t nil)
31121
31122 ;;;***
31123 \f
31124 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31125 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31127
31128 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31129 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31130 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31131 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31132 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31133 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31134 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31135 the beginning of the warning.")
31136
31137 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31138 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31139 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31140 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31141 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31142 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31143 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31144 also call that function before the next warning.")
31145
31146 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31147 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31148
31149 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31150 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31151 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31152 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31153
31154 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31155 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31156 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31157 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31158 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31159 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31160
31161 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31162 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31163 Default is :warning.
31164
31165 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31166 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31167 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31168 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31169 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31170 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31171
31172 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31173 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31174 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31175
31176 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31177
31178 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31179 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31180
31181 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31182
31183 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31184 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31185 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31186 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31187
31188 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31189 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31190 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31191 can be whatever you like.)
31192
31193 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31194 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31195
31196 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31197 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31198 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31199 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31200 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31201
31202 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31203
31204 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31205 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31206 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31207 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31208 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31209
31210 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31211
31212 ;;;***
31213 \f
31214 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31215 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31216 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31217
31218 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31219 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31220 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31221 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31222 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31223 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31224 directories to reflect your edits.
31225
31226 See `wdired-mode'.
31227
31228 \(fn)" t nil)
31229
31230 ;;;***
31231 \f
31232 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20707 18685
31233 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31234 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31235
31236 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31237 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31238
31239 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31240 hotlist.
31241
31242 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31243 <nwv@acm.org>.
31244
31245 \(fn)" t nil)
31246
31247 ;;;***
31248 \f
31249 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31250 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31252 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31253 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31254
31255 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31256
31257 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31258 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31259 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31260 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31261 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31262 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31263
31264 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31265
31266 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31267 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31271
31272 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31273 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31274 in certain major modes.
31275
31276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31277
31278 ;;;***
31279 \f
31280 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31281 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31282 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31283 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20707 18685
31284 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31285 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31286
31287 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31288 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31290 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31291 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31292
31293 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31294 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31295
31296 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31297
31298 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31299 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31300 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31301 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31302 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31303
31304 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31305 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31306 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31307 use `whitespace-mode'.
31308
31309 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31310
31311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31312
31313 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31314 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31315 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31316 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31317 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31318 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31319
31320 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31321
31322 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31323 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31324 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31325 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31326 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31327
31328 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31329 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31330
31331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31332
31333 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31334 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31335 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31336 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31337 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31338 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31339
31340 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31341
31342 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31343 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31344 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31345 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31346 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31347
31348 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31349 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31350 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31351 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31352
31353 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31354
31355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31356
31357 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31358 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31359
31360 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31361 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31362
31363 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31364 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31365
31366 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31367
31368 CHAR MEANING
31369 (VIA FACES)
31370 f toggle face visualization
31371 t toggle TAB visualization
31372 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31373 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31374 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31375 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31376 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31377 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31378 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31379 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31380 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31381 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31382 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31383 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31384 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31385 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31386 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31387
31388 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31389 T toggle TAB visualization
31390 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31391 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31392
31393 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31394 ? display brief help
31395
31396 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31397 The valid symbols are:
31398
31399 face toggle face visualization
31400 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31401 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31402 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31403 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31404 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31405 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31406 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31407 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31408 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31409 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31410 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31411 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31412 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31413 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31414 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31415 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31416
31417 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31418 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31419 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31420
31421 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31422
31423 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31424
31425 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31426
31427 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31428 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31429
31430 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31431 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31432
31433 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31434 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31435
31436 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31437
31438 CHAR MEANING
31439 (VIA FACES)
31440 f toggle face visualization
31441 t toggle TAB visualization
31442 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31443 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31444 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31445 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31446 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31447 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31448 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31449 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31450 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31451 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31452 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31453 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31454 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31455 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31456 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31457
31458 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31459 T toggle TAB visualization
31460 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31461 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31462
31463 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31464 ? display brief help
31465
31466 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31467 The valid symbols are:
31468
31469 face toggle face visualization
31470 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31471 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31472 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31473 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31474 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31475 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31476 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31477 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31478 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31479 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31480 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31481 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31482 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31483 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31484 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31485 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31486
31487 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31488 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31489 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31490
31491 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31492
31493 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31494
31495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31496
31497 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31498 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31499
31500 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31501 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31502 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31503 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31504 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31505
31506 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31507
31508 The problems cleaned up are:
31509
31510 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31511 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31512 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31513 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31514
31515 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31516 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31517 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31518 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31519 SPACEs.
31520 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31521 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31522 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31523 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31524
31525 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31527 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31528 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31529 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31530 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31531 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31532 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31533
31534 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31535 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31536 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31537
31538 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31539 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31540 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31541 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31542 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31543 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31544 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31545 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31546
31547 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31548 documentation.
31549
31550 \(fn)" t nil)
31551
31552 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31553 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31554
31555 The problems cleaned up are:
31556
31557 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31558 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31559 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31560 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31561 SPACEs.
31562 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31563 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31564 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31565 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31566
31567 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31568 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31569 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31570 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31571 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31572 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31573 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31574 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31575
31576 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31577 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31578 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31579
31580 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31581 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31582 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31583 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31584 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31585 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31586 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31587 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31588
31589 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31590 documentation.
31591
31592 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31593
31594 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31595 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31596
31597 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31598 non-nil.
31599
31600 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31601 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31602 `whitespace-style' to have:
31603
31604 empty
31605 trailing
31606 indentation
31607 space-before-tab
31608 space-after-tab
31609
31610 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31611 whitespace problems in buffer.
31612
31613 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31614
31615 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31616 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31617 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31618 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31619 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31620 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31621 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31622
31623 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31624 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31625 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31626 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31627 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31628 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31629 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31630
31631 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31632 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31633 cleaning up these problems.
31634
31635 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31636
31637 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31638 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31639
31640 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31641 non-nil.
31642
31643 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31644 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31645 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31646
31647 empty
31648 indentation
31649 space-before-tab
31650 trailing
31651 space-after-tab
31652
31653 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31654 whitespace problems in buffer.
31655
31656 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31657
31658 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31659 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31660 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31661 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31662 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31663 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31664 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31665
31666 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31667 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31668 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31669 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31670 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31671 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31672 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31673
31674 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31675 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31676 cleaning up these problems.
31677
31678 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31679
31680 ;;;***
31681 \f
31682 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31683 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20707 18685
31684 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31685 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31686
31687 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31688 Browse the widget under point.
31689
31690 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31691
31692 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31693 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31694
31695 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31696
31697 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31698 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31699
31700 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31701
31702 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31703 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31704 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31705 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31706 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31707
31708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31709
31710 ;;;***
31711 \f
31712 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31713 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20707
31714 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
31715 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31716
31717 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31718 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31719
31720 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31721
31722 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31723 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31724 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31725
31726 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31727
31728 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31729 Create widget of TYPE.
31730 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31731
31732 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31733
31734 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31735 Delete WIDGET.
31736
31737 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31738
31739 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31740 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31741
31742 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31743
31744 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31745 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31746 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31747 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31748
31749 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31750 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31751
31752 \(fn)" nil nil)
31753
31754 ;;;***
31755 \f
31756 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31757 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20707
31758 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
31759 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31760
31761 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31762 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31763 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31764 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31765 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31766 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31767 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31768
31769 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31770
31771 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31772 Select the window above the current one.
31773 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31774 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31775 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31776 negative ARG) of the current window.
31777 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31778
31779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31780
31781 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31782 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31783 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31784 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31785 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31786 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31787 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31788
31789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31790
31791 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31792 Select the window below the current one.
31793 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31794 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31795 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31796 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31797 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31798
31799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31800
31801 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31802 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31803 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31804 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31805
31806 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31807
31808 ;;;***
31809 \f
31810 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20707 18685
31811 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31812 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31813
31814 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31815 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31816 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31817 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31818 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31819 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31820
31821 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31822
31823 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31824 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31826 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31827 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31828 \\{winner-mode-map}
31829
31830 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31831
31832 ;;;***
31833 \f
31834 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31835 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20707 18685 911514
31836 ;;;;;; 0))
31837 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31838
31839 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31840 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31841 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31842 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31843 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31844
31845 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31846
31847 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31848 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31849 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31850 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31851 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31852 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31853 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31854 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31855
31856 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31857 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31858
31859 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31860
31861 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31862 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31863
31864 \(fn)" t nil)
31865
31866 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31867 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31868 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31869 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31870 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31871 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31872 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31873 `woman' command for further details.
31874
31875 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31876
31877 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31878 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31879
31880 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31881
31882 ;;;***
31883 \f
31884 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31885 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
31886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31887
31888 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31889 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31890
31891 BUGS:
31892 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31893 are not implemented
31894 - Options for search and replace
31895 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31896 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31897
31898 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31899 Emacs-like.
31900
31901 The key bindings are:
31902
31903 C-a backward-word
31904 C-b fill-paragraph
31905 C-c scroll-up-line
31906 C-d forward-char
31907 C-e previous-line
31908 C-f forward-word
31909 C-g delete-char
31910 C-h backward-char
31911 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31912 C-j help-for-help
31913 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31914 C-l ws-repeat-search
31915 C-n open-line
31916 C-p quoted-insert
31917 C-r scroll-down-line
31918 C-s backward-char
31919 C-t kill-word
31920 C-u keyboard-quit
31921 C-v overwrite-mode
31922 C-w scroll-down
31923 C-x next-line
31924 C-y kill-complete-line
31925 C-z scroll-up
31926
31927 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31928 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31929 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31930 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31931 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31932 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31933 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31934 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31935 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31936 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31937 C-k b ws-begin-block
31938 C-k c ws-copy-block
31939 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31940 C-k f find-file
31941 C-k h ws-show-markers
31942 C-k i ws-indent-block
31943 C-k k ws-end-block
31944 C-k p ws-print-block
31945 C-k q kill-emacs
31946 C-k r insert-file
31947 C-k s save-some-buffers
31948 C-k t ws-mark-word
31949 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31950 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31951 C-k v ws-move-block
31952 C-k w ws-write-block
31953 C-k x kill-emacs
31954 C-k y ws-delete-block
31955
31956 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31957 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31958 C-o j justify-current-line
31959 C-o k kill-buffer
31960 C-o l list-buffers
31961 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31962 C-o r set-fill-column
31963 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31964 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31965 C-o wh split-window-right
31966 C-o wo other-window
31967 C-o wv split-window-below
31968
31969 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31970 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31971 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31972 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31973 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31974 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31975 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31976 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31977 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31978 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31979 C-q a ws-query-replace
31980 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31981 C-q c end-of-buffer
31982 C-q d end-of-line
31983 C-q f ws-search
31984 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31985 C-q l ws-undo
31986 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31987 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31988 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31989 C-q w ws-last-error
31990 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31991 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31992
31993 \(fn)" t nil)
31994
31995 ;;;***
31996 \f
31997 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20707 18685
31998 ;;;;;; 911514 0))
31999 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32000
32001 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32002 Perform an interactive search.
32003 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32004 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32005 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32006 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32007
32008 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32009 Example:
32010
32011 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32012
32013 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32014
32015 ;;;***
32016 \f
32017 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32018 ;;;;;; (20707 18685 911514 0))
32019 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32020
32021 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32022 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32023 Return the top node with all its children.
32024 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32025
32026 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32027 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32028 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32029
32030 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32031
32032 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32033 namespace to URIs instead.
32034
32035 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32036 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32037
32038 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32039
32040 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32041
32042 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32043
32044 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32045 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32046 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32047 not contain well-formed XML.
32048
32049 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32050 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32051 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32052 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32053 element of the list.
32054 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32055 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32056 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32057
32058 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32059
32060 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32061 namespace to URIs instead.
32062
32063 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32064 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32065
32066 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32067
32068 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32069
32070 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32071
32072 ;;;***
32073 \f
32074 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32075 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
32076 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32077
32078 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32079 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32080 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32081 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32082 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32083 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32084 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32085 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32086 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32087 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32088
32089 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32090
32091 ;;;***
32092 \f
32093 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20707
32094 ;;;;;; 18685 911514 0))
32095 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32096
32097 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32098 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32099 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32102 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32103
32104 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32105
32106 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32107 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32109 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32110 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32111
32112 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32113 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32114 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32115 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32116 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32117 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32118
32119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32120
32121 ;;;***
32122 \f
32123 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32124 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
32125 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32126
32127 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32128 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32129
32130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32131
32132 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32133 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32134
32135 \(fn)" nil nil)
32136
32137 ;;;***
32138 \f
32139 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32140 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20707 18685 911514 0))
32141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32142
32143 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32144 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32145
32146 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32147
32148 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32149 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32150
32151 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32152
32153 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32154 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32155 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32156
32157 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32158
32159 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32160 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32161
32162 \(fn)" t nil)
32163
32164 ;;;***
32165 \f
32166 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20707 18685 911514
32167 ;;;;;; 0))
32168 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32169
32170 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32171 Zone out, completely.
32172
32173 \(fn)" t nil)
32174
32175 ;;;***
32176 \f
32177 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "foldout.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20718 10765 940268
32386 ;;;;;; 335000))
32387
32388 ;;;***
32389 \f
32390 (provide 'loaddefs)
32391 ;; Local Variables:
32392 ;; version-control: never
32393 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32394 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32395 ;; coding: utf-8
32396 ;; End:
32397 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here